Commercial Installation Guide: Steel Framed Wall & Ceiling Systems

COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE
STEEL FRAMED WALL & CEILING SYSTEMS

CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION 3 FLUSH JOINTED CEILING SYSTEMS
GYPROCK® PLASTERBOARD 3 INTRODUCTION 95
REFERENCED MATERIAL 8 APPLICATIONS 95
DESIGN & INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 8 ADVANTAGES 95
HANDLING & STORAGE 16 DESIGN & INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 97
PLASTERBOARD CUTTING 16 COMPONENTS 98
FRAMING REQUIREMENTS 99
WALL SYSTEMS INSTALLATION
STEEL JOIST FRAMED CEILING SYSTEMS 107
INTRODUCTION 17
CEILINGS LINED ONE SIDE 107
APPLICATIONS 17
CEILINGS LINED TWO SIDES 110
STEEL FRAMING TYPES 18
SHEET INSTALLATION – NON-FIRE RATED 113
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 18
JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – NON-FIRE RATED 121
COMPONENTS 19
SHEET INSTALLATION – FIRE RATED 123
STUD SELECTION TABLES 25
BEAM ENCASEMENT 128
JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – FIRE RATED 130

NON-FIRE RATED WALL SYSTEMS
PANEL CEILING SYSTEMS
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 29
INTRODUCTION 139
SHEET INSTALLATION 31
APPLICATIONS 139
DIRECT FIXING PLASTERBOARD TO
MASONRY WALLS 41 ADVANTAGES 139
CURVED WALLS 43 COMPONENTS 140
JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – NON-FIRE RATED 47 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 145
GRID INSTALLATION 145

FIRE RATED WALL SYSTEMS PANEL INSTALLATION 147
FRAMING INSTALLATION 53 JOINTING & FINISHING
SHEET INSTALLATION 54 JOINTING SYSTEMS 150
COLUMN ENCASEMENT SYSTEMS 65 JOINTING WITH MECHANICAL TOOLS 152
JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – FIRE RATED 68 JOINTING

HAND APPLIED 157
CORNICE FIXING 160

WET AREA LINING SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION 79 DECORATION 162
APPLICATIONS 79
HEALTH & SAFETY 164
DESCRIPTION 80
COMPONENTS 80 WARRANTY 164

FRAMING PREPARATION 82
CONTACT DETAILS 164
SHEET INSTALLATION 82
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS – SHOWER AREAS 82
GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 2

INTRODUCTION Optimised Core Technology
Selected Gyprock plasterboards are manufactured with
This guide provides detailed installation information for the Optimised Core technology. Optimised Core plasterboard
fixing and jointing of Gyprock® plasterboards in commercial has an advanced performance-to-weight ratio, meaning
construction including wall, ceiling, column, beam and wet greater breaking strength in a substantially lighter board
area applications. Commercial construction is intended that continues to exceed the performance requirements of
to include non-residential structures such as offices, Australian Standard AS2588.
warehouses, schools, hospitals, etc, as well as medium
and high-rise residential construction. The benefits of Optimised Core technology are easier lifting
with improved handling and installed performance as well as
Information on fire, acoustic and other system performance crisper score and snap.
properties can be found in the current Gyprock Red Book
Fire & Acoustic Guide, GYP500.
Good Environmental
For technical support, contact CSR DesignLINK, a
dedicated team that assists designers and installers Choice Australia
with commercial wall, ceiling and flooring system CSR Gyprock continues to improve its
solutions. With expert advice garnered from years product offering, and today manufactures
of industry experience, DesignLINK is available to offer a broad range of Gyprock environmentally
advice on system installation, design and performance. preferred plasterboards that have been
Call 1800 621 117 or email designlink@csr.com.au Certified by Good Environmental Choice
Australia (GECA), ensuring the sustainability of our industry
GYPROCK® and environment. The original Gyprock EC08 with reCore

technology was the first Australian made plasterboard to
PLASTERBOARD have been Certified by GECA and have the added benefit of
recycled material content between 11 – 21%.
Gyprock plasterboard is a machine made sheet composed This certification as a good ‘environmental choice’ means
of a gypsum core encased in a heavy duty linerboard. The that the product complies to the environmental and social
linerboard is folded around the long edges to reinforce and performance characteristics as detailed in the voluntary
protect the core. The board ends are cut square. Gyprock environmental labelling standard - Panel Boards.
plasterboard conforms with manufacturing standard
AS/NZS2588 ‘Gypsum Plasterboard’. Green Building Council of
Product Manufacture Australia (GBCA)
The Green Building Council of
Gyprock plasterboard products are manufactured from
Australia (GBCA) is Australia’s
gypsum, paper and a small amount of additives. Gypsum is
leading authority on green building. The GBCA was
a naturally occurring, non-toxic sedimentary rock. The paper
established in 2002 to develop a sustainable property
liner board used for plasterboard and cornice is made from
industry in Australia and drive the adoption of green building
100% recycled newspapers and cartons, and the additives
practices. The GBCA promotes green building programs,
are benign materials such as starch and foam.
technologies, design practices and processes, and
The energy used in the manufacture of Gyprock is amongst operates Australia’s only national voluntary comprehensive
the lowest of any building product. Emissions are limited environmental rating system for buildings - Green Star.
to water vapour and products of natural gas consumption.

Gyprock Plasterboard Selection
All Gyprock plasterboards are manufactured to the requirements specified in AS2588 : 1998 – Gypsum Plasterboard.
Gyprock plasterboards are available in a large range of sheet lengths. Lengths vary by state, and a full list is available at
www.gyprock.com.au. Standard width is 1200mm. Some products are also available in 900, 1350 and 1400mm widths (lead
times may apply). Shaft Liner Panel is supplied in 600mm width only.
Colour shading behind each product name approximates the colour of the product face liner sheet.
TABLE 1: GYPROCK PLASTERBOARD FEATURES, APPLICATIONS & SPECIFICATIONS
GREEN STAR
RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE
FIRE GRADE
ABSOPTION
ENHANCED
ENHANCED
ENHANCED
RESISTANT
RESISTANT
MOISTURE
CERTIFIED
LOW VOC
APPLICATIONS – WALLS & CEILINGS
IMPACT
MOULD
SOUND
SOUND
GYPROCK® THICKNESS MASS
PLASTERBOARDS (mm) kg/m2

FEATURES
Standard • Long edges are recessed to assist in producing a smooth, 10 6.5
✓ ✫
Plasterboard even and continuous surface once jointed.
Recessed • Quality manufactured to the requirements specified in
Edge AS2588 : 1998 – Gypsum Plasterboard. 13 8.5
Standard • Typically used on walls with a single horizontal joint. One long
edge is recessed to assist in producing a smooth, even and 10 6.5
Plasterboard
Recessed Edge/
Square Edge
continuous surface once jointed.
• One long edge is square to enable easy fixing of skirting and
13 8.5
✓ ✫
cornice at the top and bottom of walls.
Standard
Plasterboard
Square Edge
• Long edges are square, and can be butted together without
jointing, or covered with aluminium, timber or vinyl mouldings. 13 8.5
✓ ✫
• Designed to provide enhanced acoustic resistance.
Soundchek™
• A machine made sheet composed of a high density gypsum
core encased in a heavy duty linerboard.
• Long edges are recessed for flush jointing.
13 13.0
✓ ✓ ✫
• Both the core and linerboard facing are treated in manufacture
10 8.0
✓ ✓ ✫
to withstand the effects of moisture and high humidity.
Aquachek™
• Recessed long edges allow flush jointing to other Recessed
Edge plasterboards. 13 10.4
• Fire grade board reinforced with a woven fibreglass mesh
to produce a high strength plasterboard to resist soft body
impact damage.
Impactchek™ • High traffic areas such as hallways, stairways, playrooms and
garages.
13 10.3
✓ ✓✓ ✓ ✫
• Manufactured with a very dense core and heavy duty facing
producing high impact and sound resistance.
• Will span 600mm in ceiling applications.
• Double the force to impose a discernible surface indentation
✓✓ ✓ ✫
compared to standard plasterboard.
Superchek™ 10 10.4
• Walls lined with Superchek provide a clearly noticeable
reduction in perceived loudness compared to standard
plasterboard.
• Has a white paper face to assist in paint coverage.
• 6.5mm thickness plasterboard with an enhanced core to
allow bending to small radii for curved walls and ceilings.
Flexible • Designed for installation as a two layer system.
• Recessed long edges allow flush jointing to other Recessed
6.5 4.25
✓
Edge plasterboards.
• Fire grade board composed of a specially processed glass
fibre reinforced gypsum core encased in a heavy duty 13 10.5
Fyrchek™ linerboard.
• High performance fire and acoustic rated walls and ceilings.
16 12.5
✓ ✓ ✓ ✫
• Fire grade board with moisture resistant properties.
13 10.7
Fyrchek™ MR
• Both the core and the liner board are treated in manufacture
to withstand the effects of high humidity and moisture.
• Long edges are recessed for flush jointing. 16 13.5
✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✫
• Fire grade board used extensively in Gyprock shaft systems,
services systems, party wall and intertenancy wall applications.
Shaft Liner
Panel
• A 25mm thick sheet composed of a glass fibre reinforced
gypsum core encased in a heavy duty linerboard.
25 19.8
✓ ✓ ✓ ✫
• 600mm wide square edge sheets.

GREEN STAR
RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE
FIRE GRADE
ABSOPTION
ENHANCED
ENHANCED
ENHANCED
RESISTANT
RESISTANT
MOISTURE
CERTIFIED
LOW VOC
IMPACT
MOULD
SOUND
SOUND

FEATURES
• An environmentally preferred board for

general wall and ceiling applications.
• Certified by GECA as meeting the
EC08™ requirements of their environmental
Partition
standard for Panel Boards.
• Suitable for GREEN STAR projects.
13 9.3
✓ ✫
• Long edges are recessed to assist in
producing a smooth, even and continuous
surface once jointed.
• Specially treated board to resist moisture
without compromising strength and
integrity.
EC08™
✓ ✓ ✫
requirements of their environmental
standard for Panel Boards. 13 9.8
Aqua
• Fire grade board also offering enhance
acoustic performance for wall and ceiling
applications.
EC08™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✫
standard for Panel Boards. 13 10.5
Fire
• Fire grade board also offering increased
density for greater resistance to soft and
hard body impact for high traffic areas such
as hallways and stairs in education and
health facilities.
EC08™
✓ ✓✓ ✓ ✫
requirements of their environmental 13 12.1
Impact standard for Panel Boards.
• Fire grade board specially treated board for
wet area/high humidity locations subject to
increased impact risk, such as bathrooms,
kitchens, laundries, walkways for hospitals,
aged care, educational and commercial
buildings.
EC08™
Impact MR
13 12.4
✓✓✓✓ ✓ ✫
• A premium quality, environmentally
preferred, fire grade board. Integrates an
efficient mould inhibitor, scuff resistance,
soft and hard body impact resistance, 13 12.4
moisture resistance, sound resistance and
low VOC.
EC08™
Complete
✓✓✓✓ ✓✓✫
16 14.8

GREEN STAR
RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE
FIRE GRADE
ABSOPTION
ENHANCED
ENHANCED
ENHANCED
RESISTANT
RESISTANT
MOISTURE
CERTIFIED
LOW VOC
IMPACT
MOULD
SOUND
SOUND

FEATURES
• A 10mm thick sheet designed to span up to 600mm in

ceiling applications. Can also be used for wall applications.
6.1
• Made with Optimised Core technology. Optimised Core
✓ ✫
technology has an advanced performance-to-weight
Supaceil™ ration, meaning greater breaking strength in a substantially 10 6.5
lighter board that continues to exceed the performance WA
requirements of AS2588. The benefits of Optimised Core only
technology are easier lifting with improved handling and
installed performance, as well as crisper score and snap.
• 6mm Round is inspired by the traditional Gyprock perforated
plasterboard that has been used extensively throughout
Perforated Sheet
✓✓ ✫
Australia for many years.
6mm Round 13 8.8
• The perforations are arranged in a grid of 12 large square
Holes sections, each with 2100 x 6mm round perforations spaced
at 16mm centres.
FIG 1: PERFORATED SHEET – 6mm ROUND HOLES

3600
160 440 160 440 80
80
440
1200
160
ø6mm holes
440
80

Gyprock Ceiling Panels
CSR Gyprock offers a range of plasterboard ceiling panels for exposed grid ceiling systems, each with various surface finishes
and different properties to suit a variety of commercial applications. Our sister company Ceilector is a distributor of a wide
range of ceiling tiles, grid and accessories – for more information please contact the Ceilector team on 1300 374 253 or visit
www.ceilector.com.au.
TABLE 2: CEILING PANEL FEATURES, APPLICATIONS & SPECIFICATIONS
GREEN STAR
RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE
FIRE GRADE
ABSOPTION
ENHANCED
ENHANCED
ENHANCED
RESISTANT
RESISTANT
MOISTURE
CERTIFIED
LOW VOC
APPLICATIONS – GRID CEILING SYSTEMS
IMPACT
MOULD
SOUND
SOUND
CEILING PANELS (mm) kg/m2

FEATURES
• Gyprock Supatone™ is a plasterboard panel with a

‘wipe clean’ smooth polycoated surface paper laminate.
Supatone™ is available in ‘white’, and used in basic
Supatone™ commercial ceiling applications. Supatone’s core features
10 7.0
the sag resistance properties of Supaceil™. (EFHI 13, 0, 2, 3)
(CAC – 35dB) 1200 x 600mm nom.
• Freshtone™ is a Gyprock plasterboard panel finished with
a finely textured vinyl laminate which resists fading and is
Freshtone™ easily wiped clean. Freshtone™ is available in ‘white’, and is
ideal for shopping centres, offices and industrial premises. 10 8.0
Diamond White Freshtone’s core features the sag resistance properties of
Supaceil™. (EFHI 0, 0, 0, 3) (CAC – 35dB) 1200 x 600mm
nom.
• Gyprock Perforated Panels have been specifically developed
for use in ceilings where additional sound absorption is
required. Perforations are approximately 10% of the panel
Perforated area, and combined with suitable insulation, provide a
medium level of acoustic absorption. (EFHI 0, 0, 0, 4) (NRC
– 0.49 with Bradford Anticon 55 foil uppermost) 1200 x
13 10.0
✓
600mm nom.
Gyprock Supatone™ Gyprock Freshtone™ Gyprock Perforated Panels

Diamond White
Supatone™ has a ‘wipe clean’ smooth Specifically developed for use in ceilings
polycoated white paper laminate Freshtone™ has a finely textured white where additional sound absorption is
surface. Supatone™ is popular for basic vinyl laminate which resists fading and required. Perforations are approximately
commercial ceiling applications. is easily wiped clean. Freshtone ™ is 10% of the panel area, and combined
ideal for shopping centres, offices and with suitable insulation, provide a
industrial premises. medium level of acoustic absorption.
FIG 2: GYPROCK PERFORATED CEILING PANEL

(all dimension nominal)
530mm
590mm
1130mm
1191mm

Condensation within a building is the result of a temperature
REFERENCED difference from one side of a building element to the other.
MATERIAL The temperature differential forces water vapour contained

in the warmer air to flow towards the cooler region where it
condenses on any surface below the ‘dew point’ temperature
Standards of the air.
For walls and ceilings, vapour barriers are incorporated
Plasterboard Manufacture –
into the structure to prevent the flow of water vapour from
• AS/NZS2588 Gypsum Plasterboard. the warm to the cool regions. As a general rule, locate the
Other referenced standards are: vapour barrier as close as possible to the surface which
will normally be at the higher temperature at the time of the
• AS/NZS2589 Gypsum linings – Application and Finishing.
condensation hazard.
• AS3740 Waterproofing of wet areas within residential
For ceilings, unheated roof spaces should be adequately
buildings.
ventilated. Ventilation solutions are available from Edmonds,
• AS2311 – The painting of buildings. part of the Bradford Insulation Group. In rooms such as
• AS4858 – Wet area membranes. bathrooms, kitchens, and laundries, moisture laden air
should be exhausted to the outside of the building, not to
• AS3958.1 – Guide to the installation of ceramic tiles.
the roof or floor space.
• AS1170.2 – Wind loads.
Condensation is a complex problem and can occur
• AS/ISO13007 – Ceramic tiles – grouts and adhesives. under a variety of conditions, not just in cold and tropical
• AS/NZS4600 – Cold formed steel structures. climates. There are a large number of factors that need to
be considered in assessing and managing condensation
• AS/NZS3000 – Electrical installations. risk. Such factors include the local climate, building use,
• AS5601 – Gas installations. orientation, material R-Value of the insulation and the type
• Building Code of Australia (BCA). of bulk insulation, position and integrity of vapour barriers/
vapour permeable membranes, and the degree and location
of ventilation. As a result, it is highly recommended that
designers undertake a condensation risk analysis as part of
Related Gyprock & Cemintel the building design.
Publications Additional literature on this subject is available from CSIRO,
BRANZ, ASHRAE and ABCB, and should be consulted.
• GYP500 – The Red Book Fire & Acoustic Design Guide.
• FC101 – Cemintel Wallboard Installation Guide. Wind Loads
• FC129 – Cemintel Ceiling Systems.
All linings and framing are to be designed for the appropriate
wind loads. Contact CSR for loads higher than stated in this
manual.
DESIGN & Heating

INSTALLATION The following situations may give rise to localised high
temperature conditions (≥52°) which may be detrimental to
CONSIDERATIONS wall and ceiling linings:
Gyprock plasterboard is used as an internal lining board to • Radiant heaters,

provide smooth, strong, long-lasting walls and ceilings for • Halogen lighting,
homes, offices, hospitals, hostels for the aged, schools,
• Heat pumps,
shops and factories. Its durable surface will accept most
types of decorative finishing, including paint, wallpaper, • Reverse cycle air conditioners,
texture compounds and tiles. • Solid fuel stoves.
Joints between Gyprock plasterboard sheets are reinforced Recessed lights must be installed in a way which prevents
and concealed to provide a smooth, durable finish to the damage from temperature rise and to prevent the risk of fire.
whole surface. Alternatively, the joints may be covered with Refer to AS/NZS3000.
a decorative moulding or finished as expressed joints.
Refer to heating unit manufacturer for more information.
Condensation Control
Gyprock plasterboard will give many years of satisfactory
performance under a wide range of climatic conditions, but to
ensure long term performance to both lining material and paint
finishes, care should be taken in design of the external envelope
to ensure that damaging condensation does not occur.

Gas Services & Appliances STRUCTURAL ADEQUACY
Failure occurs when the specimen collapses under load.
Where a gas stove in a residential application is required to be
installed to AS5601 Gas Installations, there are requirements INTEGRITY
for materials to protect surrounding construction.
Failure occurs when the specimen develops cracks or
Where a burner is within 200mm of a wall (including walls covered openings through which flames or hot gases can pass.
with metal or toughened glass), protection methods include:
• Splashback attached to the stove intended to protect the INSULATION
rear wall. Failure occurs when the average temperature of the
• Fire Resistant material covered with 0.4mm steel sheet. unexposed surface of the specimen increases by more than
140°C above the initial temperature, or the temperature at
• 5mm ceramic tiles attached to plasterboard lining. any point of the unexposed surface increases by more than
Protection is to be provided to a height of 150mm above 180°C above the reference temperature.
the hob and for the full extent of the cooking area. A list of The test performance of the specimen is expressed as a ‘Fire
Fire Resistant materials is available from Energy Safe Victoria Resistance Level’, which indicates the number of minutes for
and does not include plasterboard or fibre cement products. which the specimen fulfils the requirements of the three fire
test criteria. These numbers are then rounded down to the
Attaching Fixtures nearest regulatory requirement.
For non-fire rated plasterboard walls, light weight fixtures The common regulatory FRL requirements are:
such as picture frames may be attached with proprietary Non-Loadbearing Loadbearing
fixings. Check with the fixing manufacturer for allowable
– /30/30 30/30/30
loadings.
– /60/60 60/60/60
Heavier loads such as shelves and appliances must be fixed
– /90/90 90/90/90
through the linings to the framing, such as studs or noggings.
– /120/120 120/120/120
For fire rated plasterboard walls, fixtures such as handrails
– /180/180 180/180/180
and other lightweight items may be attached to framing,
such as studs or noggings with maximum 10g screws. For Example: – /120/120.
Refer to detailes in FIG 138 and FIG 139 on page 78. For The dash indicates no requirement for ‘Structural Adequacy’,
the use of proprietary fixings in fire rated walls, refer to the which applies to all non-loadbearing systems.
manufacturers’ details.
The first 120 indicates ‘Integrity’ for 120 minutes.
Control Joints The second 120 indicates ‘Insulation’ for 120 minutes.
Movement and stresses created by temperature and RESISTANCE TO THE INCIPIENT SPREAD OF FIRE
humidity fluctuation, can result in deformation and damage
Ceiling systems may be required to achieve a ‘Resistance
to internal linings and partitions.
to the Incipient Spread of Fire’. This requires the ceiling to
It is recommended that Gyprock plasterboard surfaces be provide adequate thermal insulation to prevent combustibles
isolated from structural elements, by the use of control joints in a roof/ceiling or floor/ceiling cavity from igniting for the
or other means where: specified time.
• A plasterboard/wallboard surface abuts any structural The Building Code of Australia requirement for some ceilings
element or dissimilar wall or ceiling assembly is to provide Resistance to the Incipient Spread of Fire (RISF),
• The framing construction changes within the wall or into the space above it, for not less than 60 minutes.
ceiling.
FIRE HAZARD PROPERTIES
Control joints incorporated in a building to permit movement
Fire hazard properties of wall and ceiling linings in some
in the structure must be carried through all areas lined with
classes of building are specified by the BCA. Refer toThe
plasterboard/wallboard.
Red Book™ Fire & Acoustic Design Guide for fire hazard
Refer to Junctions & Penetrations in the wall and ceiling properties of CSR products.
sections of this guide for appropriate details.
SMOKE PROOF WALLS
Fire Rating Considerations Smoke proof walls are required in some Class 9a buildings,
and, where they do not require an FRL, must be built from
The fire rating of systems is determined by laboratory
non-combustible materials. Steel framed wall systems clad
testing to determine the time to failure of three performance
with Gyprock Standard Plasterboard may be used.
measurements, which combine to give a Fire Resistance
Level (FRL). They are: Fire rated smoke proof walls should be selected from the
steel framed systems with an appropriate FRL.
Smoke proof walls required for Class 9c buildings may
use steel or timber framing with linings of 13mm Gyprock
Standard Plasterboard.

PENETRATIONS GAPS, CRACK AND HOLES
Service penetrations in fire rated walls and ceilings that Small openings allow airborne sound to pass through
can be effectively rated include electrical and data cables, an element and can significantly reduce sound insulation
switches and GPOs, hydraulic pipes, vents and mechanical performance. For optimum sound insulation, the element
ducts. Access panels and control joints can also be installed must be airtight. Perimeters must be sealed with an acoustic
with appropriate fire resistance levels. sealant that is capable of accommodating the expected
Power outlets and light switches can be installed in fire rated building movement.
walls using fire rated switch boxes. When installed correctly, For systems that are multi-layered, such as masonry
these maintain the FRL of the wall system in which they are composite systems, each layer must also be air tight.
installed.
Where fire and acoustic rated switch boxes are specified, Penetrations
refer to the manufacturer for appropriate products and
The acoustic performance of walls and ceilings can be
installation details.
reduced by penetrations for plumbing, electrical switches,
Metal pipe penetrations may be treated as per BCA deemed- light fittings, etc. For construction that is acoustically
to-satisfy details or in accordance with a proprietary assessed sensitive, it is recommended that, wherever possible, such
detail. These details typically involve mastic sealants. penetrations are avoided. In other cases, rated proprietary
Recommended sealants include Gyprock Fire Mastic and sealants and products should be used.
CSR FireSeal. Other tested fire and acoustic rated material
There is a wide range of services and materials that may be
of equivalent or better performance may be used where
required to penetrate sound rated walls and ceilings, and in
sealant is specified. It is the responsibility of the supplier to
varied configurations and concentrations. CSR recommends
provide supporting technical information and details. Plastic
that an acoustic engineer be consulted for advice on all
pipes, and pipes with insulating lagging, are usually treated
details for projects with specific acoustic objectives.
with fire collars in accordance with manufacturers’ details, in
both walls and ceilings. Fire and acoustic rated switch boxes are available from
manufacturers such as PROMAT, CLIPSAL and HPM to
assist in maintaining the acoustic integrity of wall systems.
Acoustic Performance
FIG 3: TYPICAL POWER OUTLET/LIGHT SWITCH
Building acoustics can be separated into sound absorption INSTALLATION USING FIRE RATED SWITCH BOX
and sound transmission. Sound absorption relates to control
of sound that is generated within a room and how it affects Stud Gyprock Fyrchek™
plasterboard (number of
people in that room. layers and thickness in
accordance with wall
Sound transmission relates to sound that passes through a system specifications)
dividing element (direct sound, controlled by the element’s

Fire Rated Switchbox
sound insulation), and through the surrounding structure
(indirect or flanking transmission). Seal cable penetration as
per switch box
Methods of controlling noise in buildings can be based on manufacturers requirements
systems, structure and lining materials and their absorption Seal around cutout
and transmission properties. CSR recommends that an with Gyprock™ Fire
Mastic
acoustic engineer be consulted for all projects where
acoustics are important. CSR Bradford Insulation
(recommended to assist
acoustic integrity of wall
FLANKING TRANSMISSION system)
Flanking sounds reach adjoining areas by indirect paths,

rather than through the dividing element. The perimeter
junction of walls, floors and ceilings that surround the Sequence of Works
dividing element are the main paths for flanking transmission. The sequence of works should be considered on a situation-
Other paths include open windows, ducts, doorways and by-situation basis, but generally will follow the following
suspended ceilings. order:
SOUND IMPACT RATINGS • Framing installation.

The BCA has performance requirements relating to sound • Wet trades.
impact for floors and some walls. • Roughing in of mechanical and electrical services.
• Plasterboard installation.
For floors, this is specified as a maximum value such as:
• Penetrations
Lnw+CI = 62. Note that lower values of Lnw+CI indicates • Finishing of services.
better acoustic impact performance.
• Sealants and junction treatment.
Walls may be required to meet the definition of ‘Discontinuous • Jointing of plasterboard.
Construction’. This means that wall leaves must be • Decorative finishing.
separated by at least 20mm and no mechanical connection
is permitted, except that masonry may have resilient ties.

Levels of Finish Selection of Level of Finish
Levels of finish are defined in the Australian/New Zealand Factors affecting the level of finish include the surface’s
Standard AS/NZS2589.1 ‘Gypsum linings – Application visibility, the texture and gloss level of the final decoration
and Finishing for non-fire rated applications.’ This standard and the lighting conditions. Critical or glancing light is that
is intended to provide builders, plasterboard installers and projected across the surface at low angles of incidence, as
finishers, and their customers with the various defined opposed to diffused lighting or light striking the surface at
methods and practices necessary to meet the customer’s close to right angles. Refer to the following section “Surface
expectations in terms of the ‘Level of Finish’. Finishing & Lighting”.
Three ‘Levels of Finish’ (3, 4 and 5) are defined, and minimum A good method to overcome differences in opinions of
specifications to achieve each level of finish are detailed in the quality is to prepare a sample area in a suitable position and
standard for each of the installation processes from framing for all parties to agree on the finish. The following flow chart
preparation to finishing. All details may not be suitable for fire will assist in selecting the most appropriate Level of Finish
rated systems or multilayer systems. for each area.
It is essential to determine the level of finish required before For further information on levels of finish, refer to ‘Plasterboard
the frame construction begins, as specific tolerances are Expectations’, available from the Association of Wall & Ceiling
required for frame alignment as well as for plasterboard fixing Industries.
and finishing for each of the levels of finish. Unless these
requirements are met throughout construction, it may not be LEVEL 3
possible to attain the desired finish level without extensive For use in areas that do not require a finish, such as above
corrective measures. ceilings and inside service shafts and other inaccessible
The level of finish specified also affects the methods of jointing, spaces. All joints are to be taped with two applications
particularly butt joints and back-blocking requirements, the of compound and all fastener heads are to be covered.
number of coats of joint compound applied, and the fitting Compound is to be finished smooth, such as by scraping
and finishing of stopping beads. Refer to TABLE 4. ridges etc with a trowel.
It should be noted that, generally, residential applications
should be prepared to a minimum ‘Level 4 Finish’ unless
specifically a higher or lower level of finish is agreed to by all
contracting parties. Other commercial applications should
be specified in contract documents.
FIG 4: SELECTING A LEVEL OF FINISH
Decoration
Finish Not Important Wall Covering,

Paint
or Undecorated Wallpaper or Texture
Flat/Matt/Satin/ Semi-gloss/Gloss
Low Sheen
Pastel/ Dark Tones

Mid-tones
Critical and Non-critical Critical Critical and

Non-critical Lighting Lighting Lighting Non-critical Lighting
Level 3 Finish Level 4 Finish Level 5 Finish

LEVEL 4
This is generally the accepted level of finish for residential
construction. Joints are to have a tape coat, and two
separate coats are to be applied over the tape coat and
fastener heads. All joint compound should be sanded to a
smooth finish free of tool marks and ridges. Full details can
be found in the Jointing section.
LEVEL 5
This level of finish should be used wherever gloss or semi-
gloss paints are to be used, where paint is mid or dark
coloured, or where critical light conditions occur such as
from windows, skylights, or silhouette and spot lighting.
A three coat jointing system is required as for level four.
All joint compound should be sanded to a smooth finish
free of tool marks and ridges. This should be followed by
the application of proprietary surface preparations by skim
coating to remove differential surface textures and porosity.
Skim coating is a term used to describe a thin finish coat,
rolled, trowelled or airless sprayed and then possibly sanded,
to achieve a smooth and even finish. It is normally less than
1mm in thickness and is applied over the entire surface to
fill imperfections in the joint work, smooth the paper texture
and provide a uniform surface for decorating.
TABLE 4: SUMMARY OF GYPROCK ‘LEVEL OF FINISH’ DEPENDENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
It should be noted that, generally, residential applications should be prepared to a minimum level 4 finish unless specifically
a higher or lower level of finish is agreed to by all parties.
Key to Symbols: – = Not Applicable. ✓ = Required. Other symbols, see notes.
Joint Between Frame Members

Max. Frame * Adhesive Jointing and Finishing (Minimum)
Level and Back-block * Fastener
Alignment +
of Ceilings Walls OR Only
Deviation Fastener Butt and Recessed Joints
Finish Fixing
mm Butt Recessed Butt Recessed Fixing Internal and External Corners
3 4 – – – – ✓ OR ✓ Tape Coat + Second Coat
4 4 ✓ ✓➁➂ ✓➀ – ✓ OR ✓ Tape Coat + Second Coat + Finish Coat
Tape Coat + Second Coat + Finish Coat

5 3 ✓ ✓ ✓➀ – ✓ OR ✓
+ Skim Coat to the entire surface
NOTES
➀ Where a butt joint in a wall is less than 400mm long and is located more than 2 metres from the floor, there may be no
need to provide back-blocking.
➁ Back-blocking required only where 3 or more recessed joints occur in a continuous ceiling area.
➂ Back-blocking is not required in suspended ceilings with no rigid connection between ceiling and walls.
* Fire rated installations MUST be all fastener fixed, adhesive is not permitted.

Surface Finishing & Lighting Consideration to Minimise
Builders, plasterers and painters work hard to achieve Glancing Light
the appearance of a flat surface when installing walls and
The best time to consider potential glancing light issues is
ceilings. However some surface variation is inevitable due
during the design phase, which allows choices to be made
to the following factors:
that can greatly reduce the impact of glancing light.
• Natural variations in the framing.
Large window areas are a popular feature of modern design
• The hand-finished nature of a plasterboard wall or ceiling. and the preference for open plan living and working often
• Subtle differences between the textures of plasterboard results in ceilings and walls that extend through a number
and the jointing compounds. of different spaces. These features can lead to challenging
lighting conditions for wall and ceilings surfaces.
Under the majority of lighting conditions a plasterboard
surface finished to a Level 4 standard, as defined in When designing a project it is important to consider the effect
AS/NZS 2589:2007 ‘Gypsum Linings - Application and of both natural and artificial light and how it will fall on the
finishing’, will appear flat. In critical lighting conditions, an walls and ceilings across the whole day.
effect referred to as ‘glancing light’, will highlight any surface In particular, attention should be given to light entering the
variations. building in mornings and evenings when the sun is lower in
This section will assist in minimising glancing light issues and the sky and casts elongated shadows that can highlight any
enhance the occupant’s enjoyment of their premises. surface variations in walls and ceilings.
WHAT IS GLANCING LIGHT? SHADING

Glancing light (or critical light) is a condition which exists For windows that are positioned where glancing light can be
when light hits the plasterboard surface at an acute angle an issue, the use of external shading or vertical louvres may
and casts shadows that highlight any surface irregularities. help to mitigate any problems. Curtains or interior blinds are
On plasterboard walls and ceilings this can make the surface also helpful in this situation.
look uneven and highlight the appearance of joints.
WINDOW PLACEMENT AND ORIENTATION
This is most commonly found in situations where there are:
Ideally windows should not abut walls or ceilings and should
• Floor to ceiling windows. be oriented away from the east and west. External reflective
• Windows directly adjacent to walls. surfaces, such as pools or neighbouring buildings, can reflect
light into the space, should also be considered as they can
• Unshaded batten holder ceiling lights.
exacerbate the problem.
• Ceiling mounted fluorescent lights.
• Wall lights and downlights close to walls. JOINT ORIENTATION
The installation of plasterboard walls and ceilings should
• Windows at the end of long corridors.
also be considered as there are a number of design and
• Brightly lit rooms. installation choices which can significantly impact the
• Lights installed just below skillion/ raked ceilings. appearance of the surface.
• Reflections of light from water features. Running the plasterboard so that the long joints are parallel
to the direction of the light will help reduce the effects of
FIG 5: WHAT IS GLANCING LIGHT glancing light. The use of longer sheets to reduce the number
of butt joints is also beneficial.
FIG 6: JOINT ORIENTATION

SUNLIT WINDOW
PLASTERBOARD JOINTS

ARTIFICIAL & NATURAL LIGHTING FIG 7: INSTALLATION OF CEILING MOUNTED
Any imperfection in a completed lining installation will be FLUORESCENT LIGHT
made obvious by a condition called critical lighting or glancing
light, where the incident light from an artificial or natural light LIGHT LIGHT
source is nearly parallel to the surface. Glancing light also
greatly exaggerates the size of imperfections making them
glaringly obvious.
PLASTERBOARD
PLASTERB
PLASTERBOARD
OARD JOI
JOINTS
NTS
The worst result is achieved by an unshaded light source
located directly on a ceiling or wall where the light shines
parallel to the surface.
Cases where this situation may exist include:
• Unshaded batten holder light fittings.
• Fluorescent lights mounted on the ceiling.
PLASTERBOARD
PLASTERBO
S JOINTS
OARD JOI
O NTS
S
• Wall mounted up lights and downlights.
Methods to minimise glancing/critical lighting effects
from artificial lighting sources
LIGHT LIGHT
The following lighting solutions will provide diffused light and
reduce the appearance of surface variations:
• Shaded batten holder light fittings.
• Ceiling mounted pendant lights.
✗
• Recessed ceiling lights such as downlights and recessed
fluorescents (although recessed lights are more likely to
be associated with glare problems).
• Consider the use of more lights of lower intensity at regular
spacings, ensuring lit areas overlap. This will improve
LIGHT
LIGHT
ambiance and reduce the visible effects of glancing light, PLASTERBOARD JOINTS
and minimise shadows that can occur from a single row
or single light source.
• Allow a generous angle of incidence to the surface
for feature lighting such as spotlights, to minimise the
highlighting of imperfections.
• Do not locate a single or isolated unshaded light source
LIGHT
PLASTERBOARD JOINTS LIGHT

close to a wall or ceiling in a space which has generally
low levels of light.
• Do not use uplights, wall-washers and spotlights in areas
with a smooth wall finish to eliminate light being emitted
at a glancing angle to the surface.
• Preferably, locate fluorescent lights about 450mm below
the ceiling as this will give a more even distribution of light.
• When installing ceiling mounted fluorescent lights it is
✓
recommended to position the light fittings over the long
edge joints. Refer to the following illustration. Methods to minimise glancing/critical lighting effects
from natural lighting sources
• Do not take window glazing right up to the ceiling level.
• Avoid placing windows or glass doors immediately
adjacent to the end of a wall.
• Provide sun shades over the windows and glass doors.
• Recess the window to stop the sunlight reaching the wall.

Applied Finish Selection Inspection of plasterboard
The chosen finish selected for walls and ceilings plays a very The Guide to Standards and Tolerances (Victorian Building
important role in determining the effects of glancing light. Commission 2007) outlines the following standard for
A Level 4 finish presents the painter with a surface comprised inspection of vertical and horizontal surfaces.
of two different materials, namely the plasterboard paper “Generally, variations in the surface colour, texture and finish
surface and the jointing compound, which have different of walls, ceilings, floors and roofs, and variations in glass
textures and porosity. and similar transparent materials are to be viewed where
In order to achieve a consistent finish across these materials possible from a normal viewing position. A normal viewing
it is vital that a plasterboard primer sealer is applied. position is looking at a distance of 1.5 m or greater (600 mm
for appliances and fixtures) with the surface or material being
AS2311, ’Guide to the painting of buildings’, requires that illuminated by ‘non-critical light’. ‘Non-critical light’ means
a sealer plus two coats of water based paint must the light that strikes the surface is diffused and is not glancing
be applied as a minimum. Such a system will provide a or parallel to that surface.
surface with minimal difference in texture and porosity.
Slight variations in the colour and finish of materials do not
Roller application for all coats is strongly recommended always constitute a defect”.
as it imparts a light texture to the surface and minimises
visible differences. If spray application is used, each paint FIG 8: INSPECTION OF PLASTERBOARD
CEILING
coat should be back rolled while still wet, to create a lightly
textured finish, and allowed to dry completely before applying
150
the next coat. Paint applied with a longer pile roller tends to 0m
m
mask imperfections better than those applied with a short pile
roller.
1500mm
A similar paint system is recommended for a level 5 finish to
ensure the best possible result.
PAINT FINISHES
WALL
The choice of gloss level can also have a significant impact

on the perceived quality of the surface in glancing light
conditions.
A matt paint finish provides the highest level of light
diffusion and helps to disguise any surface irregularities. It is
recommended that a matt finish be used in areas where a
higher gloss is not required for functional reasons, such as
ceilings. Textured or heavy patterned finishes tend to hide
imperfections.
Higher gloss levels, such as satin, semi gloss and gloss,
can accentuate any minor variations in the surface and are
recommended only for use over a level 5 finish.
COLOUR SELECTION
Light colours diffuse light more effectively than dark shades
and reduce the effects of glancing light. In rooms where a
dark colour is to be used a level 5 finish is recommended.
WALL PAPER FINISHES

Gyprock plasterboard walls may be finished with wall paper.
A Level 4 Finish is recommended. A primer sealer should be
applied to the surface prior to wall paper application. This
will also assist with future removal.
Thin wall papers may still highlight imperfections in the wall
surface. Textured or heavy patterned finishes tend to hide
imperfections.

HANDLING & STORAGE PLASTERBOARD
All materials must be kept dry, preferably stored inside. Care
should be taken to avoid sagging or damage to ends, edges
CUTTING
and surfaces of sheets. Gyprock plasterboard can be cut by scoring the face
linerboard with a knife and snapping the plasterboard back
All Gyprock plasterboard and CeminSeal Wallboard must
away from the scored face.
be stacked flat, properly supported on a level platform or on
support members which extend the full width of the sheets Always score the front (non-printed) face first. The back
and which are spaced at a maximum of 600mm centres. linerboard can then be cut from the back towards the front.
Gyprock Impactchek has fibreglass mesh behind the back
If stored outside, sheets must be stored off the ground,
face paper, so this face must also be cut before snapping.
stacked as detailed and protected from the weather.
Alternatively a saw may be used from the front face.
Buildings should be sealed against water ingress before
plasterboard is installed. It is recommended that plasterboard Cut edges are to be smoothed as required to permit neat joints.
damaged by water is replaced. A metal T-square will assist in creating a clean, straight cut.
Sheets must be dry prior to fixing, jointing and finishing. FIG 10: PLASTERBOARD CUTTING
FIG 9: STACKING AND SUPPORT OF LINING SHEETS
600mm
TIP: Site recessing tools are available to treat cut edges for
maximum easier jointing.
All cut-outs for pipes, electrical installations, fixtures etc, are
Support full width of Gyprock™
plasterboard or CeminSeal™ to be scored on both faces before removal, or are to be cut
Wallboard sheets
out with a suitable tool. The use of an impact tool such as
a hammer is not an acceptable method of producing
cut-outs.
If the plasterboard adhesive is not properly cured, hold the
sheet in place with temporary blocks on adjacent studs or
joists while making cut-outs.

NON-FIRE RATED FIRE RATED
WALL SYSTEMS INSTALLATION
INTRODUCTION APPLICATIONS
CSR Gyprock Steel Frame Wall Systems use zinc coated Gyprock Steel Frame Wall Systems are most commonly
steel components with one or more layers of Gyprock used in non-loadbearing, non-fire rated applications, in
plasterboard linings fixed to one or both sides. A wide choice commercial, industrial, institutional, residential and high-rise
of systems is available for both fire rated and non-fire rated construction, or in the renovation of older buildings.
applications in non-loadbearing and loadbearing situations. Gyprock Steel Frame Wall Systems can be used for internal
This guide provides detailed installation information for the loadbearing applications (including residential applications)
fixing of Gyprock plasterboard to single stud, staggered stud, provided the steel framing is designed to support vertical
double stud, curved walls and columns for both non-fire loadings.
rated and fire rated applications. Details are also provided
for the installation of CeminSeal Wallboard, which is used in
some fire rated wall systems in combination with fire grade
plasterboard.
Frame selection and assembly guidance is also provided
for non-loadbearing interior applications. For exterior and
loadbearing applications, and where seismic loads apply,
framing details and connections are to be in accordance with
the designer’s specifications.

STEEL FRAMING TYPES

Gyprock Steel Framed Wall Systems utilise Gyprock plasterboard sheets that are fixed to appropriately prepared framing. Joints
are ‘taped and set’ to form a smooth ‘flush jointed’ continuous surface suitable for painting, wallpapering or tiling.
Gyprock Flush Jointed Wall Systems are suitable for virtually all interior residential and commercial ceiling applications. Where a
level of finish is specified, refer to details in this guide or to AS2589.1 for additional framing and fixing requirements.
Specific wall systems are available for decorative, acoustic, fire rated, water resistant and impact resistant applications.
Single Stud Framing Rondo Quiet Stud Framing Single Stud Framing
Lined Two Sides Lined Two Sides Lined One Side
Double Stud Framing Staggered Stud Framing Furring Channel Framing

Lined Two Sides Lined Two Sides Lined One Side
DESIGN
CONSIDERATIONS
Structural Design
All walls must be designed for the applied loads. Guidance
is given for the selection of Rondo studs for non-loadbearing
internal walls only.
Loadbearing walls and walls subject to wind pressures shall
be appropriately designed to meet the relevant Australian
Standards or construction manuals.
Curved Stud Framing
Lined One or Two Sides Walls lined with Gyprock fire grade plasterboard meet the
requirements of BCA Specification C1.8 Clause 3.4 – Walls
generally.

NON-LOADBEARING WALLS • Joints in the outer layer of all systems lined with
Maximum wall heights are shown in TABLE 14 to TABLE plasterboard must be set with Gyprock paper tape. As a
20. These walls are designed for lateral loads only, using the minimum, a single coat finish may be used.
composite action of the frame and sheeting.
CAULKING
Internal wall studs are friction fitted into tracks with no
To attain the specified FRL, all perimeter gaps and
clearance at the bottom and an allowance for vertical
penetrations must be carefully filled to the specified depth
expansion at the top. Where vertical building movement
with appropriate caulking material, including Gyprock Fire
is expected, a suitable gap must be specified. In this case
Mastic or CSR FireSeal. Other tested fire and acoustic
deflection head tracks must be used.
rated material of equivalent or better performance may be
Staggered stud walls using Rondo C studs must use an used where sealant is specified. It is the responsibility of the
appropriate head and base to restrain the stud from twisting. supplier to provide supporting technical information and
Insulation may need to be cut to fit between studs at 300mm details.
centres.
Wall tracks must be fixed to floors and ceilings at 600mm Acoustic Performance
maximum centres. Each plate fixing is required to withstand
The performance of the as-built system may be affected
a shear load of 0.75kN for a UDL of 0.25kPa and 1.1kN for
by sound flanking, the effectiveness of workmanship and
UDL of 0.35kPa. For other UDLs, the sheer load should be
caulking, the presence and treatment of penetrations, and
calculated.
the inclusion of structural elements and bridging items. Refer
LOADBEARING WALLS to appropriate detailed information on addressing these
issues.
The building designer must ensure loadbearing walls have
been designed:
• To resist all applied loads.
• To be in accordance with AS4600. COMPONENTS
• Assuming no contribution to axial strength is required of
the wall linings.
Sheet Fasteners
To meet the stated Fire Resistance Level (FRL), the axial load Plasterboard Screws
capacity of some wall systems is reduced. This is a result of Screws for fixing Gyprock plasterboard to steel framing.
the steel weakening at high temperature during a fire test. For wet area and protected external applications, Class 3
The systems are noted with an Axial Capacity Reduction fasteners must be used. To guarantee performance, only
percentage (ACR%). For these systems, the designer must approved fasteners should be used in these systems.
increase the applied loads before selecting stud size to • Gyprock Type ‘S’ Needle
compensate for the axial capacity reduction percentage, as Point (NP) Screws.
shown in the system specification. #6 and #8 (For framing
0.5 – 0.8mm BMT).
EXTERNAL WALLS
• Gyprock Type ‘S’ Drill
The capacity of head and base tracks for walls subject to Point (DP) Screws.
wind loads must be checked. Typically, studs are cleated #6 and #8. (For framing
at head and base with a Rondo angle bracket. Contact 0.8 – 2.4mm BMT)
Rondo for more information on designing walls subject to • Gyprock Plasterboard Laminating Screws. #10 x
wind loads. 40mm. for laminating layers of plasterboard together
(where permitted).
Fire Resistance
The steel frame wall systems in this manual are suitable
for the stated FRL when designed in accordance with the Wallboard Screws
structural considerations above. Screws for fixing CeminSeal Wallboard to steel framing.
Steel framed walls required to have an FRL must comply For wet area and external applications, Class 3 fasteners
with the following: must be used. To guarantee performance, only approved
• Framing must be made from steel of up to 2.4mm BMT. fasteners should be used in these systems.
• Buildex FibreTEKS®
• Wall plates must be fixed to the fire rated support structure 10G-18 x 25/30mm,
with steel fasteners such as expansion anchors, easy Class 3 finish. (For
drive masonry anchors and power driven fasteners. framing 0.5 – 0.8mm
• Gyprock fire rated plasterboards must be screw fixed BMT).
and adhesive is not to be relied on. Linings that do not • Gyprock Type S #8-15 x 20/30mm Needle Point (NP)
contribute to the system FRL may use adhesive. Screw. (For framing 0.5 – 0.8mm BMT).
• In wet areas, Gyprock moisture resistant fire grade • Gyprock Type S #8-15 x 20/30/40mm Drill Point (DP)
plasterboard must be used in lieu of Gyprock Fyrchek. Screw. (For framing 0.8 – 2.4mm BMT).

TABLE 5: SCREW FOR FIXING PLASTERBOARD TO STEEL 0.5 – 0.8MM BMT

Plasterboard Thickness 1st Layer 2nd Layer 3rd Layer
6.5mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw
10mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm NP Screw
13mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm NP Screw Type S #8-15 x 65mm NP Screw and
#10x40mm Laminating Screw
13mm + 16mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw Type S #6-18 x 45mm NP Screw
TABLE 6: SCREW FOR FIXING PLASTERBOARD TO STEEL 0.8 – 2.4MM BMT

6.5mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw
10mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm DP Screw
13mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm DP Screw Type S #8-15 x 65mm NP Screw* and
16mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 30mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 45mm DP Screw Type S #8-15 x 65mm NP Screw* and
13mm + 16mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 45mm DP Screw
* Pilot hole may be required for Needle Point (NP) screws.
TABLE 7: FIXING FIBRE CEMENT AND PLASTERBOARD TO STEEL 0.5 – 0.8MM BMT
Lining Thickness 1st Layer 2nd Layer
6mm Wallboard Type S #8-15 x 20mm NP Screw or
FibreTEKS® 10G-18 x 25mm
9mm Wallboard Type S #8-15 x 30mm NP Screw or
FibreTEKS® 10G-18 x 30mm
6mm Wallboard Type S #8-15 x 20mm NP Screw or Type S #6-18 x 40mm NP Screw
+ 13/16mm Plasterboard over FibreTEKS® 10G-18 x 25mm
9mm Wallboard Type S #8-15 x 30mm NP Screw or Type S #6-18 x 40mm NP Screw
+ 13/16mm Plasterboard over FibreTEKS® 10G-18 x 30mm
13mm Plasterboard + Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw Type S #8-15 x 40mm NP Screw
6/9mm Wallboard over
16mm Plasterboard + Type S #6-18 x 30mm NP Screw Type S #8-15 x 40mm NP Screw
6/9mm Wallboard over
TABLE 8: FIXING FIBRE CEMENT AND PLASTERBOARD TO STEEL 0.8 – 2.4MM BMT
Lining Thickness 1st Layer 2nd Layer
6mm Wallboard Type S #8-15 x 20mm DP Screw
9mm Wallboard Type S #8-15 x 30mm DP Screw
6mm Wallboard Type S #8-15 x 20mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm DP Screw
+ 13/16mm Plasterboard over
9mm Wallboard Type S #8-15 x 30mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm DP Screw
+ 13/16mm Plasterboard over
13mm Plasterboard + 6/9mm Wallboard over Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #8-15 x 40mm DP Screw
16mm Plasterboard + 6/9mm Wallboard over Type S #6-18 x 30mm DP Screw Type S #8-15 x 40mm DP Screw
NOTES:
Predrill 9mm and 12mm Wallboard for easier fixing.
Use Class 3 fixings for external applications.
NP = Needle Point Screws.
DP = Drill Point Screws.

Adhesives Mounting Clips

Gyprock Acrylic Stud Adhesive Gyprock Resilient Mount
• Gyprock Acrylic Stud Adhesive is coloured blue for easy • A proprietary component used in conjunction with Rondo
identification. It can be used steel in temperatures not less steel sections for fastening Gyprock plasterboard to a
than 5ºC. supporting structure while simultaneously isolating it from
• Contact surfaces must be free of oil, grease or other structure borne vibration.
foreign materials before application. The adhesive is This significantly reduces the amount of impact noise,
applied with a broad knife to form 25mm diameter by speech and low frequency sound filtering through to
15mm high walnuts. This product is suitable for use with rooms above, below or alongside the noise generating
pre-painted metal battens and some treated timbers. room.
Always follow directions on packaging. The resilient mount has been design for use on ceilings
WARNING and can be used on walls provided plasterboard with
• Stud adhesive MUST NOT be relied on in FIRE RATED minimum mass of 12.5kg/m2 is fixed on the resilient
systems. mount side of the wall. The mount can be used in fire
rated and non-fire rated systems.
• Daubs of adhesive must never coincide with fastener
points.
• Stud adhesive does not constitute a fixing system on its
own and it must be used in conjunction with nail or screw
fasteners.
24mm
Gyprock™ 4.5mm
Resilient
Mount
20mm
40mm (Nº129)
28mm (Nº308)
Furring Channel
Nº129 or Nº308
Gyprock™ Plasterboard
Rondo Betagrip Clip

• Used for attaching furring channel 129 or 308 in wall and
ceiling installations.
Rondo
Betagrip
Clip
Gyprock Masonry Adhesive

• Gyprock Masonry Adhesive is used to adhere Gyprock
plasterboards to concrete and all masonry substrates.
Rondo 129 or 308
Furring Channel
TABLE 9: FIXING MATERIAL USAGE –

APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES USED PER 100 M2 OF
GYPROCK PLASTERBOARD (PER LAYER)
Fixing System Framing Centres (mm) Adhesive Screws
Adhesive + 600 3.5 kg 620
Screw 450 4.2 kg 750
600 (Vertical Sheets) – 1150
Fully Screwed 600 (Horizontal Sheets) – 820
450 (Horizontal Sheets) – 1000
Masonry
adhesive to N/A 20 – 24 kg –
wall

Steel Component Selection Steel Studs

Rondo Steel Studs are manufactured with 25mm diameter
CSR Gyprock recommends steel components manufactured holes at regular spacings along the web to allow electrical/
by Rondo Building Services Pty Ltd. plumbing services to be easily installed through framing.
Additional information on steel building components can be Service holes in adjacent studs should be aligned at the time
obtained from Rondo, telephone 1300-367-663. of frame assembly.
Other steel components of equivalent performance may be Studs of 0.50, 0.55 and 0.75mm BMT have bell-mouthed
service holes which have no protruding sharp edges, thereby
used, however it is the responsibility of the manufacturer of
eliminating the need to fit grommets to protect electrical
the steel component to substantiate equivalent performance
installations.
to the recommended component.
Studs of 1.15mm BMT have punched service holes at
regular spacings along the web.
TABLE 10: PRODUCTION SIZES FOR RONDO STEEL STUDS (MM)

Depth BMT 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 4200 4800 6000 7200 7500
0.50* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
51
0.75 ✓ ✓
0.50* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
64 0.75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1.15 ✓ ✓
0.55* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
76 0.75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1.15 ★ ★ ✓ ★ ★ ★
0.55* ✓ ✓Q ✓Q ✓ ✓Q ✓ ✓ ✓
92 0.75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1.15 ★ ✓ ★ ★ ★ ★
0.75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150
1.15 ★
★ = Production lead time may be required Q = Rondo Quiet Stud *= Rondo Hemmed Stud
32.8 45mm
35.5 35.0
5.0
8.15 8.0 6mm
BMT
Depth
0.50/0.55
Depth
Depth
BMT BMT
0.75 1.15
92mm
5.0
6.35 8.0
35.0 35.4
33.5
6mm
RONDO LIPPED STEEL STUD PROFILES RONDO HEMMED 43mm
STUD
RONDO QUIET STUD
RONDO STUD CLIP Nº126

Wall Track Nogging Track

• Rondo Wall Track is used at the top and bottom of wall • Rondo Nogging Track is designed to support the wall
frames to locate the wall studs. Studs are held in the track studs and prevent twisting of the studs. Factory punched
by friction fit to allow for movement in the structure. Track holes in the web allow quick installation to the studs.
and studs must not be fixed together in any way, and the Nogging track is an alternative to conventional cut
plasterboard must not be fixed through the track. noggings. When fitted, nogging track should be screw
TABLE 11: STANDARD PRODUCTION SIZES FOR fixed or crimped to both flanges of each stud unless noted
RONDO WALL STUD TRACK otherwise.
Depth BMT Length TABLE 13: RONDO STEEL NOGGING TRACK
(mm) 0.5 0.7 1.15 (mm)
Stud Spacing
51 ✓ – – 3000 Depth Length
450mm 600mm
(mm) (mm)
64 ✓ ✓ ✓ 3000 Track 0.75 BMT
76 ✓ ✓ ✓ 3000 51 ✓ ✓ 3600
92 ✓ ✓ ✓ 3000
64 ✓ ✓ 3600
150 – – ✓ 3000
76 ✓ ✓ 3600
92 ✓ ✓ 3600
150 ✓ ✓ 3600
BMT BMT
Depth
Depth
0.50 1.15
0.70
32.0
BMT
0.75
29.0 32.0
Depth
Deflection Head Track

• Rondo Deflection Track is used at the top of wall frames
Rondo P129/308 Furring Channel
to locate the wall studs and to allow for vertical deflection
of the ceiling/soffit. Studs are held in the track by friction
and must not be fixed to the deflection track in any way.
Plasterboard must not be fixed through the track. Refer
to installation information in the ‘Wall System Detailing’
section of this guide.
TABLE 12: PRODUCTION SIZES FOR RONDO
DEFLECTION HEAD TRACK 27.3mm
R129 16mm R308
BMT
Depth (mm) Length (mm) 38mm 38mm
0.7* 0.75 1.15
51 ✓ – – 3000
64 ✓ – ✓ 3000
76 ✓ – ✓ 3000 Rondo 501 Continuous Nogging Bracket
92 ✓ – ✓ 3000 Supplied in 2400mm lengths for on-site cutting to length
150 – ✓ ✓ 3000
*= Rondo Hemmed Stud 30
37
Depth 30
NOTE: Hemmed track 18

leg length = 46mm
50.0
BMT
0.75/1.15

Furring Channel Track (J-Track) Gyprock Wet Area Acrylic Sealant is recommended for
• Used at walls to support ends of furring channels at ceiling/ sealing non-fire rated wet area systems. It is available in
wall junctions or for fixing directly to ceiling plasterboard 300ml cartridges.
g
at ceiling/wall junctions. Also used at head and base of
wall incorporating furring channels.
P140
20mm
Other tested fire and acoustic rated material of equivalent or

13mm
28mm better performance may be used where sealant is specified.
It is the responsibility of the supplier to provide supporting
30mm P142
technical information and details.
16mm
26mm
Jointing Compounds
CSR Gyprock has a wide range compounds, cements and
Rondo B005 Battens accessories for finishing plasterboard installations.
• Used to form depressions at butt joints in non-fire rated
Refer to the “JOINTING & FINISHING” section of this guide
wall and ceiling systems to enable smooth jointing.
for details.
Insulation Materials
CSR Fire and Acoustic Systems
incorporate Bradford glasswool
and rockwool as well as Bradford
and Martini polyester insulation.
These products have undergone
significant acoustic testing and
h a v e a p ro v e n t r a c k re c o rd o f
Rondo P35 Control Joint performance and durability in service.
• Used at some control joints during the finishing process. Additional information on Bradford
Insulation materials is available
by telephoning CSR Bradford on
1300 850 305.
Although insulation materials

are often specified for thermal
resistance, they can contribute
Mastics & Sealants significantly to the acoustic
performance of wall and ceiling
In fire rated systems where caulking is indicated, a fire-rated
systems. CSR only recommends
sealant such as Gyprock Fire Mastic or CSR FireSeal must
materials that have been tested
be used. Where specified for joints designed for significant
for fire and acoustic applications,
movement, a sealant such as CSR FireSeal should be used.
have proven durability, and are
Both products are also recommended for caulking acoustic
supported by their manufacturer
systems and are available in 600ml sausages.
for these applications. Should
other insulation materials be used,
the manufacturer of those materials
must verify the performance of the
complete system, CSR will not
support the performance of substitute materials.

STUD SELECTION TABLES

TABLE 14 to TABLE 20 provide stud selection information suitable for all CSR Gyprock non-fire rated and fire rated non-
loadbearing internal wall systems. The appropriate table should first be selected based on the application criteria, refer to table
headings. Appropriate studs can then be selected based on wall frame and lining configurations. Refer to Rondo for other design
pressures and for loadbearing walls.
TABLE 14: MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT WITH RONDO LIPPED STEEL STUDS – NON-LOADBEARING INTERNAL WALLS
– WALLS GENERALLY (LOAD = 0.25kPa)
Stud Size (mm) 51 64 76 92 150
Wall Frame and BMT (mm) 0.5 0.75 0.5 0.75 1.15 0.55 0.75 1.15 0.55 0.75 1.15 0.75 1.15
Lining Configuration Plasterboard
Maximum Wall Height (mm)
Linings (mm)
Single Studs @ 600mm max. centres
10 2770 2910 3330 3930 4170 3700 4430 4650 4540 4830 5110 6550 7220
600mm max. cts
13 3200 3320 3720 4220 4430 4130 5020 5220 4940 5500 5750 6990 7540
16 3380 3520 3910 4350 4520 4300 5250 5420 5180 5710 5920 7190 7650
CSR 080 (-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 4300 3800 4100 5000 4400 4800 5800 7000 7650
600mm max. cts 10 1890 2600 1890 3100 3520 2170 3560 4050 2170 3810 4690 3810 6910
13 1890 2600 1890 3220 3570 2170 3810 4050 2170 3810 4690 3810 6910
16 1890 2600 1890 3250 3580 2170 3810 4050 2170 3810 4690 3810 6910
10 3020 3200 3580 4180 4460 4020 4780 5070 4850 5270 5620 7140 7750
450mm max. cts
13 3420 3570 3930 4430 4690 4410 5330 5570 5210 5890 6190 7520 8040
16 3550 3710 4130 4600 4820 4580 5580 5790 5450 6120 6390 7620 8130
CSR 080 (-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 4300 3800 4100 5000 4400 4800 5800 7000 8130
10 2520 2860 2520 3410 3870 2890 3920 4450 2890 4530 5160 5090 7500
450mm max. cts
13 2520 2860 2520 3530 3930 2890 4180 4450 2890 4620 5160 5090 7500
16 2520 2860 2520 3570 3950 2890 4230 4450 2890 4640 5160 5090 7500
CSR 280 (-/180/180) 2520 2600 2520 3570 3950 2890 4100 4450 2890 4640 5160 5090 7500
10 3390 3620 3960 4570 4930 4510 5310 5690 5340 5930 6390 7840 8570
300mm max. cts
13 3730 3940 4260 4780 5120 4830 5770 6110 5640 6450 6860 8110 8740
16 3800 4020 4450 4980 5270 5010 6030 6330 5860 6690 7070 8230 8850
CSR 080 (-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 4300 3800 4100 5000 4400 4800 5800 7000 8500
10 2900 3280 3390 3910 4430 4010 4480 5100 4340 5180 5900 7500 8300
300mm max. cts
13 2900 3280 3390 4020 4500 4130 4730 5100 4340 5290 5940 7500 8300
16 2900 3280 3470 4050 4520 4160 4790 5100 4340 5320 5940 7500 8300
CSR 280 (-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 4300 3800 4100 5000 4340 4800 5800 7000 8300
Staggered Studs – Single Studs @ 600mm max. centres
600mm max. cts 10 – – 2370 2830 3510 – – – – – – – –
13 – – 2370 2830 3510 – – – – – – – –
16 – – 2370 2830 3510 – – – – – – – –
Staggered Studs – Boxed Studs @ 600mm or Single Studs @ 300mm max. centres
600mm max. cts
10 – – 2930 3610 4430* – – – – – – – –
Boxed Studs
or 13 – – 2990 3700 4490* – – – – – – – –
300mm max. cts 16 – – 3060 3790 4510* – – – – – – – –
NOTES: All loadings in accordance with AS1170:2002.

Deflection Limit is SPAN/240 to a maximum of 30mm, in accordance Walls analysed in accordance with AS4600:1996.
with BCA Specification C1.8. Noggings in accordance with TABLE 19.
Tabulated heights do not include axial loads (except self weight) or shelf Staggered stud walls use 64mm lipped studs in 92mm track with
loading. Gyprock Staggered Stud Clip.
Loadings: Pultimate = 0.375 kPa, Pservice = 0.25 kPa. * 1.15mm BMT Studs cannot be boxed
Walls are not for external applications. Tables have been prepared by Rondo Building Services Pty Ltd.

– WALLS OF SHAFTS AND FIRE ISOLATED EXITS (LOAD = 0.35kPa)
Stud Size (mm) 51 64 76 92 150
Linings (mm)
10 2420 2550 2930 3490 3700 3250 3880 4090 4020 4220 4470 5150 5150
600mm max. cts
13 2810 2920 3290 3750 3940 3650 4430 4600 4390 4840 5060 5710 5710
16 3000 3120 3450 3840 3990 3780 4620 4770 4600 5010 5200 6370 6890
CSR 080(-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 3990 3780 4100 4770 4400 4800 5200 6370 6890
600mm max. cts 10 1350 2320 1350 2720 3140 1550 2720 3620 1550 2720 4190 2720 6180
13 1350 2320 1350 2720 3170 1550 2720 3620 1550 2720 4190 2720 6180
16 1350 2320 1350 2720 3170 1550 2720 3620 1550 2720 4190 2720 6180
10 2650 2810 3160 3710 3970 3550 4220 4470 4310 4640 4950 6340 6870
450mm max. cts
13 3020 3150 3490 3950 4180 3900 4710 4930 4640 5200 5470 6680 7340
16 3150 3300 3650 4070 4270 4050 4920 5110 4840 5390 5630 6840 7460
CSR 080(-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 4270 3800 4100 5000 4400 4800 5630 6840 7460
450mm max. cts 10 1800 2560 1800 3050 3460 2060 3500 3980 2060 3630 4610 3630 6800
13 1800 2560 1800 3140 3500 2060 3630 3980 2060 3630 4610 3630 6800
16 1800 2560 1800 3170 3510 2060 3630 3980 2060 3630 4610 3630 6800
10 2990 3200 3510 4070 4400 4000 4700 5040 4760 5240 5650 7160 7820
300mm max. cts
13 3310 3490 3790 4270 4570 4290 5130 5430 5030 5720 6070 7380 7990
16 3380 3580 3950 4420 4690 4440 5350 5620 5220 5920 6260 7490 8070
CSR 080(-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 4300 3800 4100 5000 4400 4800 5800 7000 8070
10 2590 2930 2700 3490 3960 3100 4010 4560 3100 4630 5280 5450 7630
300mm max. cts
13 2590 2930 2700 3580 4010 3100 4210 4560 3100 4710 5280 5450 7630
16 2530 2930 2700 3610 4020 3100 4260 4560 3100 4720 5280 5450 7630
CSR 280 (-/180/180) 2530 2600 2700 3600 4020 3100 4100 4560 3100 4720 5280 5450 7630
Staggered Studs – Single Studs @ 600mm max. centres
600mm max. cts
10 – – 2140 2590 3150 – – – – – – – –
Staggered Studs – Boxed Studs @ 600mm or Single Studs @ 300mm max. centres
600mm max. cts
Boxed Studs
or 10 – – 2650 3260 – – – – – – – – –
300mm max. cts

NOTES:
Deflection Limit is SPAN/240 to a maximum of 30mm, in accordance with BCA Specification C1.8.
Tabulated heights do not include axial loads (except self weight) or shelf loading.
Loadings: Pultimate = 0.525 kPa, Pservice = 0.35 kPa.
Walls are not for external applications.
All loadings in accordance with AS1170:2002.
Walls analysed in accordance with AS4600:1996.
Noggings in accordance with TABLE 19.
Staggered stud walls use 64mm lipped studs in 92mm track with Gyprock Staggered Stud Clip.
* 1.15mm BMT Studs cannot be boxed.
Tables have been prepared by Rondo Building Services Pty Ltd.

– WALLS GENERALLY (LOAD = 0.25kPa) – WITH ADDITIONAL NOGGING AT HEAD
Stud Size (mm) 51 64 76 92 150
Linings (mm)
600mm max. cts 10 2300 2600 2690 3100 3520 3110 3560 4050 3620 4110 4690 6030 6910
13 2300 2600 2690 3220 3570 3230 3810 4050 3620 4180 4690 6030 6910
16 2300 2600 2710 3250 3580 3230 3860 4050 3600 4190 4690 6030 6910
10 2530 2860 2960 3410 3870 3500 3920 4450 4050 4530 5160 6640 7500
450mm max. cts
13 2530 2860 2960 3530 3930 3590 4180 4450 4050 4620 5160 6640 7500
16 2530 2860 3020 3570 3950 3610 4230 4450 4050 4640 5160 6640 7500
CSR 280 (-/180/180) 2530 2600 3020 3570 3950 3610 4230 4450 4050 4640 5160 6640 7500
10 2900 3280 3390 3910 4430 4010 4480 5100 4640 5180 5900 7500 8300
300mm max. cts
13 2900 3280 3390 4020 4500 4130 4730 5100 4650 5290 5940 7500 8300
16 2900 3280 3470 4050 4520 4160 4790 5100 4650 5320 5940 7500 8300
CSR 280 (-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 4300 3800 4100 5000 4400 4800 5800 7000 8300
NOTES:
Noggings in accordance with TABLE 19 plus an additional nogging at no more than 100mm from the top of the wall. Refer to FIG 100 on page 69.
– WALLS GENERALLY (LOAD = 0.35kPa) – WITH ADDITIONAL NOGGING AT HEAD
Stud Size (mm) 51 64 76 92 150
Linings (mm)
600mm max. cts 10 2050 2320 2330 2770 3140 2750 3180 3620 3070 3680 4190 5000 6180
13 2050 2320 2330 2860 3170 2740 3370 3620 3060 3690 4190 5000 6180
16 2050 2320 2330 2880 3170 2740 3400 3620 3050 3690 4190 4990 6180
450mm max. cts 10 2260 2560 2640 3050 3460 3130 3500 3980 3540 4050 4610 5510 6800
13 2260 2560 2640 3140 3500 3160 3700 3980 3540 4090 4610 5510 6800
16 2260 2560 2660 3170 3510 3170 3740 3980 3530 4100 4610 5500 6800
10 2590 2930 3030 3490 3960 3590 4010 4560 4150 4630 5280 6800 7630
300mm max. cts
13 2590 2930 3030 3580 4010 3660 4210 4560 4150 4710 5280 6800 7630
16 2530 2930 3080 3610 4020 3670 4260 4560 4150 4720 5280 6800 7630
CSR 280 (-/180/180) 2530 2600 3080 3600 4020 3670 4100 4560 4150 4720 5280 6800 7630
NOTES:
Noggings in accordance with TABLE 19 plus an additional nogging at no more than 100mm from the top of the wall. Refer to FIG 100 on page 69.

– WALLS GENERALLY (LOAD = 0.25kPa) – WITH TILES UP TO 32kg/m2 and 12mm max. thickness
Stud Size (mm) 51 64 76 92 150
Linings (mm)
10 2420 2540 2710 3340 3560 3190 3860 4070 3550 4240 4490 5620 6200
600mm max. cts
13 2490 2880 2690 3580 3770 3240 4130 4530 3540 4660 5020 5930 6510
16 2470 2990 2670 3610 3900 3210 4060 4730 3510 4580 5200 5800 6650
CSR 080(-/180/180) 2470 2600 2670 3600 3900 3210 4060 4730 3510 4580 5200 5800 6650
10 2620 2770 3060 3540 3800 3450 4140 4400 4130 4590 4850 6100 6780
450mm max. cts
13 2900 3080 3150 3750 3990 3750 4590 4820 4130 5100 5370 6410 7040
16 2870 3140 3130 3940 4140 3740 4690 5020 4090 5300 5570 6580 7180
CSR 080(-/180/180) 2600 2600 3130 3600 4140 3740 4100 5000 4090 4800 5570 6580 7180
10 2910 3120 3360 3870 4210 3840 4570 4910 4520 5120 5540 6870 7700
300mm max. cts
13 3190 3380 3610 4050 4360 4110 4950 5250 4770 5540 5920 7110 7900
16 3200 3400 3780 4240 4510 4270 5190 5460 4970 5770 6110 7260 8020
CSR 080(-/180/180) 2600 2600 3300 3600 4300 3800 4100 5000 4400 4800 5800 7000 8020
NOTES:
Tile loading up to 32kg/m2 has been considered. Tile thickness not to exceed 12mm without further checking.
Noggings in accordance with TABLE 19.
TABLE 19: MINIMUM NUMBER OF NOGGINGS FOR RONDO LIPPED STUD FRAMING
Number of Noggings
Stud Configuration Lining Configuration Wall Height (mm)
equally spaced
0 - 4400 0
Lining Two Sides
4401 - 8800 1
0 - 3000 1
3001 - 6000 2
Lining One Side of each stud row
6001 - 8000 3
or
8001 - 8800 4
Lining Two Sides All 0
NOTES:
• Nogging is required behind butt joints in the first layer of fire rated vertical sheeting applications.
• Where nogging is required, it should be screw fixed or crimped to both flanges of each stud.
TABLE 20: MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT FOR RONDO QUIET STUD – NON-LOADBEARING WALLS– WALLS GENERALLY
Load 0.25kPa Load 0.35kPa
Minimum Plasterboard
Wall frame and lining Stud Spacing (mm)
Thickness
configuration 300 450 600 300 450 600
each side of framing
1 x 10 5940 4740 3550 4980 3320 2490
Spacing
1 x 13 6200 4740 3550 4980 3320 2490
1 x 16 6450 4740 3550 4980 3320 2490
2 x 13 6200 4740 3550 4980 3320 2490
2 x 16 6450 4740 3550 4980 3320 2490
NOTES: Loadings: Pultimate = 1.5 x Pservice
Deflection Limit is SPAN/240 to a maximum of 30mm, in accordance Walls are not for external applications.
with BCA Specification C1.8. All loadings in accordance with AS1170:2002.
Tabulated heights do not include axial loads (except self weight) or shelf No noggings required with Rondo Quiet stud.
loading. Tables have been prepared by Rondo Building Services Pty Ltd.

NON-FIRE RATED
NON-FIRE RATED WALL SYSTEMS

FRAMING Track Fixings
REQUIREMENTS Each track fastener is required to withstand a shear load of
0.75kN for walls with a design load of 0.25kPa.
For walls with a design UDL of 0.35kPa, each track fastener
Introduction is required to withstand a sheer load of 1.1kN.
Non-loadbearing wall framing is constructed using Rondo When fixing to concrete or masonry, use power driven
lipped steel studs fitted into track sections positioned at the fasteners, expansion anchors (eg. Dynabolts), or easy drive
top and bottom of the wall. masonry anchors.
Deflection head track must be used on all walls exceeding When fixing to suspended ceiling systems, use Gyprock Type
4800mm in height and may be specified in any wall system ‘S’ Screws, toggle bolts or expandable fasteners.
to allow for vertical movement of the roof/ceiling.
Studs are held in the tracks by friction fit, and they must not Nogging
be fixed to head track by mechanical fasteners or crimping Nogging is not required in non-loadbearing single stud wall
except where specifically required around door openings. systems less than 4.4m in height which have plasterboard
CSR Gyprock recommends that internal non-loadbearing, fixed on both sides.
non-fire rated walls be designed for a minimum UDL of Nogging is required in the following locations:
0.25kPa or in some cases 0.35kPa. Refer to TABLE 14 to
• Behind butt joints in the first plasterboard layer in vertical
TABLE 20 for suitable stud sizes/height selection information.
sheeting applications.
Where higher pressures are specified, contact Rondo for
additional information. • Non-loadbearing double stud walls and single stud walls
lined on one side only. An additional nogging is also
required near the top of the wall. Refer to TABLE 19 and
Control Joints Wall Head Details.
Control joints must be installed to allow for structural • Noggings or similar framing must be installed where
movement. Allowance for movement must be made through support is required for attaching handrails and wall
the frame, lining and any tiles. fixtures.
Vertical control joints in stud walls are to be constructed • All loadbearing wall systems to stabilise the wall. Refer to
using two studs with a 15-20mm gap between. the project engineer or Rondo for technical requirements.
Door frames extending from floor to ceiling constitute control Where nogging is required, it should be screw fixed or
joints. For doors less than ceiling height, a control joint crimped to both flanges of each stud unless noted.
extending from one corner of the frame may be used.
Nogging must not be installed in staggered stud wall
Control joints must be installed at all construction joints in systems, as additional connection between studs reduces
the building and at the following locations: the acoustic performance of these wall systems.
• Non-tiled internal walls with plasterboard outer layer – at
12m maximum centres.
INSTALLATION
• Non-tiled internal walls with fibre cement outer layer – at
7.2m maximum centres. PROCEDURE
• Tiled internal walls – at 4.8m maximum centres.
• At junctions with other building elements. Single Stud, Double Single Studs
• At changes of lining material. Stud Framing &

• At changes of structural support systems. Studs Lined One Side Double Studs
• At each storey or rise of studs. • Accurately align floor and ceiling

Lined 1 Side
Refer to Junctions & Penetrations for appropriate details. tracks according to the wall layout
and fasten in place at 100mm
maximum from each end of the track and at 600mm
maximum centres along the track. Curved
• Place studs into the tracks and twist into position. The
track flanges should provide a friction fit. Ensure studs are
bottomed in floor track. Do not fix studs to top tracks.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 11: STUD INSTALLATION FIG 12: STAGGERED STUD BASE WITH GYPROCK
STAGGERED STUD CLIP (HEAD SIMILAR)
• Position a stud at each end of the wall, and where

appropriate, fix its web to the adjacent wall structure.
• Position studs along the wall at 600mm maximum centres.
The open sides of these studs should be facing the end
of the wall from which sheeting will begin.
• Where nogging track is to be used, fit to studs before
installing into tracks. Otherwise cut-to-length nogging can
be fitted after stud installation.
Staggered Stud Framing

Staggered stud steel frame wall Staggered Studs
s y s t e m s c a n p ro v i d e e ff e c t i v e
resistance to sound transmission and
acoustic impact. They are suitable for
Gyprock™
non-fire rated and fire rated Boxed Staggered Studs Staggered Stud Clip
applications, and are constructed
using various steel sections as studs.
Alternate studs are laterally offset so that the plasterboard is
attached to one side only of each stud. The studs are held INSTALLATION WITH RONDO P140 SPACER
in place by either Gyprock Staggered Stud Clips or Rondo
P140 sections. Set out, align and install floor and ceiling tracks in the normal
manner. Cut the studs to appropriate length to suit the
Staggered stud wall systems are constructed using the installation. Place the bottom of the stud into the floor track
Gyprock Staggered Stud Clip to locate 64mm depth lipped and swing the top of the stud into the head track, positioning
studs in 92mm floor and ceiling tracks. Alternatively, Rondo the stud as required. Cut and insert P140 into the space
P140 sections may be used to locate studs to head track/ between the stud and track. Crimp, screw fix or rivet J-track
angles. Refer to detailed assembly information. to the stud flange. Repeat procedure at the wall base.
Staggered Stud System Components:
• Rondo 64mm lipped steel studs. FIG 13: STAGGERED STUD BASE WITH RONDO P140
SPACER (HEAD SIMILAR)
• Gyprock Staggered Stud Clip.
• Rondo 92mm track.
• Rondo P140 track.
INSTALLATION WITH STAGGERED STUD CLIPS Screw fix

J-track to
stud
Set out, align and install floor and ceiling tracks in the normal
manner. Position the stud clips on to the floor tracks to suit
the stud layout. Cut the studs to appropriate length to suit
the installation. Slide the upper stud clips onto the studs,
leaving them about 150mm from the top. Place the bottom
of the stud into the floor clip and swing the top of the stud
into the head track, angling the stud as required. Slide the
top clip into the head track.
Rondo P140 J-track
The clips may be riveted or screw fixed to the track to (100mm length
nominal)
permanently locate studs if required. Refer to additional
framing requirements detailed earlier in this guide.

NON-FIRE RATED
SHEET INSTALLATION Sheet Fixing Procedures

• Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end
The following installation information should be read in facing the open side of the studs. Refer to illustrations for
conjunction with TABLE 4, to determine the requirements sheeting direction and order.
applicable to the chosen ‘Level of Finish’.
Provide adequate ventilation in all structures to minimise air FIG 14: SHEETING DIRECTION AND RECESS JOINT
humidity. Excessive humidity may result in the plasterboard LOCATION FOR VERTICAL SHEETING
warping. First Side – Full Width Sheet
locates on second stud
1 2
Sheet Layout
Gyprock plasterboard sheets may be installed horizontally
or vertically. Sheet orientation should be chosen so that any 3
4
critical light falls along the recessed joints, or to minimise Second Side – Cut Width Sheet
locates on first stud
the number of butt joints. To achieve some ‘Levels of Finish’
Direction of sheeting
horizontal sheeting should be used, except that a single
sheet may be fixed vertically where it covers the whole wall
FIG 15: SHEETING DIRECTION AND BUTT JOINT
Control Joints LOCATION FOR HORIZONTAL SHEETING.
Butt Joints offset
Control joints must be installed to allow for structural 5
between layers
6
movement. Allowance for movement must be made through
1 2
the frame, lining and any tiles.
3 4
Vertical control joints in walls are to be constructed using two
studs with a 15-20mm gap between. 7 8
Butt Joints offset on
Refer to Control Joints in the preceding Framing section for opposite sides of the wall
appropriate locations. Direction of sheeting
Refer to Junctions & Penetrations for appropriate details.

• Walls that are to be tiled must be fastener fixed. Adhesive
Electrical Wiring is not permitted.
• Adhesive daubs must never coincide with fastening
Where electrical wiring is obviously mounted for connection
points.
to a wall or ceiling fixture, the installer shall pass the cables
through a neat, close-fitting hole in the face of the sheet at • Joints are not to coincide with the edge of openings (eg
the appropriate position clearly marked by the electrician. doorways, windows or vents etc.) except where permitted
to form a control joint. Sheets are to be laid so that any
Tiled Walls joint falls a minimum of 200mm from the edge of an
opening. Avoid butt joints over single doorways and cavity
Where Gyprock plasterboard or CeminSeal Wallboard is sliding doors wherever possible. Refer to the following
used as a substrate for tiles, the sheets must be fastened detail.
with screws only. Adhesive/fastener fixing is not acceptable.
FIG 16: JOINT LAYOUT FOR VERTICAL OR
Refer to fixing details later in this guide for specific fastener HORIZONTAL SHEETING
positioning based on tile weight. 200mm Sheet 200mm Control
min. joints min. joint
Caulking
Caulk all perimeter gaps and penetrations to achieve stated
acoustic performance. Use Gyprock Wet Area Acrylic
Sealant, Gyprock Fire Mastic or CSR FireSeal.
Jointing & Finishing

Sheets are to be fitted together neatly at joints. Gaps up to
3mm wide must be filled with a Gyprock Base Coat before
jointing. • Do not fasten sheets to the head and base tracks in stud
Refer to the Jointing & Finishing section of this guide for wall systems.
detailed information. • Do not fix sheets to steel framing which is greater than
In multi-layer systems, jointing and finishing is required on 2.4mm in thickness.
the outer layer only, on each side of the wall. • Nogging is not required behind recessed edge joints in
horizontal applications.

NON-FIRE RATED
• Where possible it is recommended that full length sheets FIXING PLASTERBOARD

are used to minimise butt joints at sheet ends. Sheets Position fasteners between 10mm and 16mm from sheet
should be butted neatly together, but not forced. edges. For recessed joints and butt joints on framing,
• For single layer systems and the first layer of multiple layer position fasteners opposite each other.
systems, all butt joints must be backed by either a stud All fasteners are to be driven home with the head slightly
or nogging. below the surface of the sheet, but not punched through
• For double layer systems, butt joints in the second layer the face linerboard. Best results are obtained using a screw
should be either backed by nogging or stud and fixed gun. Care should be taken to avoid damaging the face or
as per the system Fixing Specification table, or located core of the plasterboard.
between framing and fixed using laminating screws as Do not overdrive fasteners.
per the system Fixing Specification table.
FIG 17: FASTENER DRIVING – PLASTERBOARD
✗
• Where butt joints at sheet ends are permitted and
unavoidable and where jointing between framing members
is not required, as per the Levels of Finish table, butt joints
✓
may be formed centrally on a framing member, provided
that the framing member has a bearing face equal to or
greater than 32mm width for steel framing.
• Where a butt joint in a wall is less than 400mm long and
is located more than 2 metres from the floor, then back- Butt Joints off Framing
blocking may be omitted.
Butt joints are normally formed on framing. However, for
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets on the same side of a wall single layer plasterboard systems for Levels of Finish 4 and
are to be staggered and located on/between different 5, the joints must be formed between framing.
framing members.
Where mid-span butt or end joints are not required but are
• Where back-blocking of joints is required as per the Levels used to minimise plasterboard wastage, these joints must
of Finish table, refer to Back-Blocking Joints section in this also be back-blocked.
guide for installation procedures.
Sheet ends should be neatly cut and butted together within
• Ensure that all services and insulation materials are 50mm of the centre line between the framing.
installed (when required), prior to the fixing of sheets to
the second side of stud walls. To form a suitable depression, screw fix Rondo B005 battens
at 300mm maximum centres behind the joint as detailed
• Sheets are to be fitted together neatly at joints. Gaps up below. Install screws to batten carefully. Collated screw guns
to 3mm wide must be filled with a Gyprock Base Coat may not be suitable.
before jointing.
FIG 18: FORMING BUTT JOINTS OFF FRAMING USING
• Where indicated in TABLE 4, external corners subject to B005 BATTEN
damage are to be protected with a suitable Gyprock metal Plasterboard fixed Recess formed with
corner bead attached and finished as per details in the with 2 screws each Rondo NºB005 Batten
side of joint
Jointing & Finishing section of this guide.
• In acoustic rated systems, all outer layer joints and
corners, including those in non-visible areas such as
ceiling voids, must be finished with a minimum of base Gyprock
plasterboard Tape and set formed butt
coat and paper tape. joint as per normal Gyprock
recommendations for
• In wet areas, approved moisture resistant grade Gyprock recess joints
plasterboards must be used. Refer to the Gyprock
Selection Table in the Components section of this guide. Other proprietary systems may also be suitable.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 19: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – VERTICAL SHEETING – ADHESIVE/FASTENER FIXING – NON-TILED AREAS
Fixing Specifications
Screws Refer to Components
Adhesive
Location Fixing & Spacing
Field Adhesive Daubs at
300mm max. centres
and 200mm min. from
fastener points
Screw at top and

300mm bottom and 1200mm
max. max. cts
Recessed Screw at top and
Edges bottom and 400mm
400mm max. cts
max.
Corners & Screws at
Openings 300mm max. centres
300mm Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
200mm (on framing) max.centres
max. min.
CSR Bradford Acoustic Screw at
Insulation if required 1200mm
max.
vertical
centres SUITABLE FOR:
Daubs of Gyprock™
Acrylic Stud Adhesive
One layer of Gyprock™

plasterboard to each side
of wall 300mm
max.
Refer to perimeter details 200mm

min.
Noggings may not be permitted

in staggered stud systems
Notes On Fixing • Press the sheet firmly against the studs and screw fix
• Offset joints on opposite sides of the wall by one stud recessed edges to the studs at 100mm maximum from
spacing. top and bottom of sheet (but not through tracks) and as
per the Fixing Specification table.
• Cut sheets as necessary to provide up to 10mm gap at
the bottom and appropriate clearance at the top. • Screw fix to intermediate stud at 100mm maximum from
top and bottom of sheet (but not through tracks) and as
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks, fix to studs only.
• If butt joints are required, they must be staggered by
• Screw fix butt joints, corners and around openings as per
600mm minimum in adjacent sheets, backed by nogging
the Fixing Specification table.
and fixed as per the Fixing Specification table.
Second Side
• Daubs of adhesive must be 200mm minimum from
fastening points. • Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have
been installed before sheeting second side.
• Place edge fasteners at 10 to 16mm from sheet edge.
• Cut the first sheet so that joints on opposite sides of the
• Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end wall are located on different studs.
facing the open side of the studs.
• Apply stud adhesive to intermediate studs and screw fix
this sheet to studs as per previous side.
Fixing Procedure
• Adhesive and fastener fix subsequent sheets as per
For fastener specifications refer to Components section. instructions for the first side.
First Side
• Apply stud adhesive to intermediate studs. Using a
broadknife apply daubs 25mm diameter x 15mm high at
200mm minimum from fastening points and at 300mm
maximum centres.
• Apply sheets vertically (paper bound edges parallel with
studs), leaving a 10mm max. gap between the bottom of
the sheet and the floor, and with recess joints centred on
stud flanges.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 20: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – VERTICAL SHEETING – FASTENER FIXING – TILED OR NON-TILED AREAS
NON-TILED AREAS
Field Screw at top and
bottom and 400mm
max. cts
max. cts
Refer to Corners & Screw at top and
Table Openings bottom and 300mm
max. centres
Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
Refer to (on framing) max.centres
Table
TILED AREAS up to 12.5kg/m2
Refer to
Table Location Fixing & Spacing
Field Screws at 200mm
CSR Bradford Acoustic max. centres
Insulation if required
Recessed Screws at 150mm
Edges and max. centres and
Butt Joints aligned
Tiles
Corners & Screws at 150mm
Openings max. centres
TILED AREAS up to 32kg/m2
One layer of Gyprock Field Screws at 100mm

plasterboard to each max. centres
side of wall Recessed Screws at 100mm
Butt Joints aligned
Refer to perimeter details
Notes On Fixing
SUITABLE FOR:
• Offset joints on opposite sides of the wall by one stud
spacing.
the bottom and appropriate clearance at the top.
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks, fix to studs only.
600mm minimum in adjacent sheets, backed by nogging
• Place edge fasteners at 10 to 16mm from sheet edge. in staggered stud systems

Fixing Procedure
Second Side
For fastener specifications refer to Components section.
• Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have
First Side been installed before sheeting second side.
• Cut the first sheet to half width so that joints on opposite
sides of the wall are located on different studs.
stud flanges. • Screw fix to all studs at 100mm maximum from top and
bottom of sheet (but not through tracks) and as per the
• Press the sheet firmly against the studs and screw fix
Fixing Specification table.
recessed joints at 100mm maximum from top and bottom
of sheet (but not through tracks) and as per the Fixing • Screw fix at butt joints, corners and around openings as
Specification table. Do not fix to intermediate studs at this per the Fixing Specification table.
time. Return to the first side and screw fix sheets to intermediate
• Screw fix at butt joints, corners and around openings as studs as per the Fixing Specification table.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 21: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – HORIZONTAL SHEETING – ADHESIVE/FASTENER FIXING – NON-TILED AREAS
Adhesive
For Level 4 or 5 finish, form Field Adhesive Daubs at
butt joints between framing Screw Sheet Width 300mm max. centres
along sheet and 200mm min. from
centreline fastener points
at every 900mm 3 daubs
second 1200mm 4 daubs
stud 1350mm 5 daubs
300mm
max. Screw at every
200mm second stud along
One layer of Gyprock min. sheet centreline
of wall Recessed Screw at each stud
Edges
Butt joints Screws at 200mm
centres
SUITABLE FOR:
200mm
max.
Daubs of Gyprock Acrylic 300mm
Stud Adhesive max.
300mm
CSR Bradford Acoustic max.
200mm
min.

Notes On Fixing • Screw fix to each stud along one recessed edge,
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets and on opposite sides of the beginning at the centre of the sheet and working towards
wall must be staggered by a minimum of one stud spacing the ends.
• For a level 4 and 5 finish, butt joints must be formed • Press the sheet firmly against the studs and screw fix to
between studs and back-blocked. each stud along the second recessed edge. Do not fix
through top tracks.
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks, (fix to studs only).
• Hold the sheet firmly against the studs, and screw fix
along the centreline of the sheet at every second stud.
fastening points.
• Screw fix butt joints at 200mm maximum centres.
• Screw fix at all corners and around openings at 300mm
maximum centres.
• Apply the next row of sheets, cutting the first sheet so
that butt joints will be offset from adjacent sheets by a
Fixing Procedure minimum of one stud spacing.
For fastener specifications refer to Components section. • Cut sheets as necessary to ensure appropriate clearance
First Side is provided at the head.
• Apply stud adhesive to intermediate studs. Using a Second Side
broadknife apply daubs 25mm diameter x 15mm high at • Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have
200mm minimum from fastening points and at 300mm been installed before sheeting second side.
maximum centres.
• Cut sheets as necessary so that butt joints in adjacent
• Apply sheets horizontally (paper bound edges at right sheets and on opposite sides of the wall are staggered
angles to studs), leaving a 10mm max. gap between the on different studs.
bottom of the sheet and the floor, and with butt joints
centred on stud flanges. • Apply and fix sheets as detailed for the first side.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 22: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – HORIZONTAL SHEETING – FASTENER FIXING – TILED OR NON-TILED AREAS
NON-TILED AREAS
For Level 4 and 5 finish, form Field Screws at 400mm
butt joints between framing max. centres
Sheet Width
900mm 4 Screws
1200mm 4 Screws
1350mm 5 Screws
Refer to Recessed Screw at each stud
Refer to Table
Table Edges
Butt joints Screws at 200mm
One layer of Gyprock max. centres
of wall Corners & Screws at 300mm
Refer to
Table TILED AREAS up to 12.5kg/m2
max. centres
Recessed Screw at each stud
Edges
Corners, Screws at 150mm
and Butt
Joints
CSR Bradford Acoustic Field Screws at 100mm
Insulation if required max. centres
Edges
Refer to perimeter
details Corners, Screws at 100mm
and Butt
Joints
Notes On Fixing
SUITABLE FOR:
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets and on opposite sides of the
wall must be staggered by a minimum of one stud spacing
• For a level 4 and 5 finish, butt joints must be formed
between studs
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks, (fix to studs only).
• To avoid stud distortion, sheeting should commence from
the end facing the open side of the studs. Noggings may not be permitted
Fixing Procedure
For fastener specifications refer to Components section. • Screw fix at all corners and around openings as per the
First Side Fixing Specification table.
• Apply sheets horizontally (paper bound edges at right • Apply the next row of sheets, cutting the first sheet so
angles to studs), leaving a 10mm max. gap between the that butt joints will be offset from adjacent sheets by a
bottom of the sheet and the floor where an acoustic seal minimum of one stud spacing.
is required • Cut sheets as necessary to ensure appropriate clearance
• Screw fix to each stud, beginning at the centre of the sheet is provided at the head.
and working towards the ends and edges. Alternatively, Second Side
start at one edge and work across the sheet to the other
edge. • Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have
• Screw fix as per the Fixing Specification table. Do not fix
through top tracks. • Cut sheets as necessary so that butt joints in adjacent
sheets and on opposite sides of the wall are staggered
• Where butt joints on framing are permitted, screw fix butt on different studs.
joints as per the Fixing Specification table.
• Apply and fix sheets as detailed for the first side.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 23: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – TWO LAYER – VERTICAL SHEETING – ADHESIVE/FASTENER FIXING –
NON-TILED AREAS
Adhesive
1st Layer Fixing & Spacing
200mm Recessed Screws at top and
max. Edges & bottom and at
Field 400mm max. centres
300mm 2nd Layer Fixing & Spacing
Two layers of Gyprock™ max. Field Adhesive Daubs at
plasterboard to each side 300mm max. centres
of wall and 200mm min. from
fastener points.
Screw at top and
bottom and 1200mm
max.cts
400mm max. cts
max.
200mm Butt joints Laminating screws at
min. 200mm centres
CSR Bradford Acoustic Screw at Corners & Screws at 300mm
Insulation if required 1200mm Openings max. centres
400mm max.
max. vertical
centres SUITABLE FOR:
Daubs of Gyprock™ 300mm
Acrylic Stud Adhesive max.
400mm
max.

Notes On Fixing Second Side – First Layer

• First layer is installed vertically and fully screw fixed (no • Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have
adhesive). Second layer is fixed with adhesive and screws, been installed before sheeting second side.
and sheets may be installed vertically or horizontally. Refer • Cut the first sheet so that joints on opposite sides of the
to FIG 21 for horizontal fixing. wall are located on different studs.
• If butt joints are required, they must be staggered by • Screw fix this and subsequent full width sheets as detailed
600mm minimum in adjacent sheets and between layers. for the first side.
First Side – Second Layer
the bottom of outer sheets, and an appropriate clearance
at the top. • Cut the first sheet so that joints in the second layer do not
align with joints in the first layer.
fastening points. • Apply sheet vertically, leaving a 10mm max. gap between
the bottom of the sheet and the floor, and screw fix at top
• Place edge fasteners at 10 to 16mm from sheet edge. and bottom (but not through tracks) and at 400mm max.
• Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end centres to both studs.
facing the open side of the studs. • Apply stud adhesive over intermediate studs. Using a
broadknife apply daubs 25mm diameter x 15mm high at
Fixing Procedure 200mm minimum from fastening points and at 300mm
maximum centres.
• Continue applying full sheets vertically with recess joints
First Side – First Layer
centred over stud flanges.
• Press sheets firmly against the studs and screw fix
studs), with the bottom edge of the sheet on the floor, and
recessed edges at top and bottom (but not through
with recess joints centred on stud flanges.
tracks) and at 400mm max. centres.
• Press the sheet firmly against the studs and screw fix to
• Press sheets firmly against the studs and screw fix to
at top and bottom (but not through tracks) and at 400mm
intermediate stud at top and bottom (but not through
maximum centres along all studs.
tracks) and at 1200mm maximum vertical centres.
maximum centres.
maximum centres.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 24: PLASTERBOARD FIXING TO FURRING CHANNEL – HORIZONTAL SHEETING – ADHESIVE/SCREW FIXING –
NON-TILED AREAS
600mm max. Fixing Specifications
Temporary fastener through Screws Refer to Components
Any block at every second stud Adhesive
masonry until adhesive sets
wall Location Fixing & Spacing
Sheet Width 230mm max. centres
Rondo Track or and 200mm min. from
Angle fixed to fastener points
ceiling frame 900mm 3 daubs
1200mm 4 daubs
Rondo 1350mm 5 daubs
308/129 Screw through
Furring Refer to temporary block at
Channel Table every second stud
along sheet centreline
For Level 4 and 5 Recessed Screw at each frame
finish, form butt Edges
joints between Refer to
framing Butt joints Screws at 200mm
Table centres
Rondo Clips at
1200mm max. Corners & Screws at 200mm
from tracks and Openings max. centres
1200mm max.
centres between
for 129 furring SUITABLE FOR:
or
900mm max.
from tracks and
900mm max.
centres between
for 308 furring
Daubs of
Gyprock
Acrylic Stud 230mm
Adhesive max.
200mm
Rondo Track or min. Noggings may not be permitted
Angle fixed to floor in staggered stud systems
Notes On Fixing
• Cut sheets as necessary to provide up to 10mm gap at angles to framing), leaving a 10mm max. gap between
the bottom and appropriate clearance at the top. the bottom of the sheet and the floor, and with butt joints
centred on framing. (Refer to Notes On Fixing for butt
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks, (fix to furring only).
joints for Level 4 or 5 Finish).
• Screw fix to each furring, beginning at the centre of
fastening points.
the sheet and working towards the ends and edges.
• Place edge fasteners at 10 to 16mm from sheet edge. Alternatively, start at one edge and work across the sheet
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets must be staggered by a to the other edge.
minimum of one frame spacing. • Screw fix edges as per the Fixing Specification table.
• For a level 4 and 5 finish, butt joints must be formed • Screw fix at all butt joints, corners and around openings
between framing and back-blocked. as per the Fixing Specification table.
Fixing Procedure that butt joints will be offset from adjacent sheets by a
For fastener specifications refer to Components section. minimum of one frame spacing.
• Apply stud adhesive to intermediate furring channels. • Cut sheets as necessary to ensure appropriate clearance
Using a broadknife apply daubs 25mm diameter x 15mm is provided at the head.
high at 200mm minimum from fastening points and at
300mm maximum centres.
• Apply sheets horizontally (paper bound edges at right

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 25: PLASTERBOARD FIXING TO FURRING CHANNEL – VERTICAL SHEETING – FASTENER FIXING –
TILED OR NON-TILED AREAS
600mm max. Fixing Specifications
Any
masonry NON-TILED AREAS
wall Location Fixing & Spacing
Field Screw at top and
Rondo Track or bottom and 400mm
Angle fixed to max. cts
ceiling frame
max. cts (offset)
Corners & Screw at top and
Refer to Openings bottom and 300mm
Rondo Table max. centres
308/129
Furring Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
Channel (on framing) max.centres
Refer to Location Fixing & Spacing
Rondo Clips at Table
1200mm max. Field Screws at 200mm
from tracks and max. centres
1200mm max.
centres between Recessed Screws at 150mm
for 129 furring Edges and max. centres and
or Butt Joints offset
900mm max. Corners & Screws at 150mm
from tracks and Openings max. centres
900mm max.
centres between TILED AREAS up to 32kg/m2
for 308 furring Refer to Location Fixing & Spacing
Table
max. centres
Tiles Recessed Screws at 100mm
Butt Joints offset
Rondo Track or
Angle fixed to floor
100mm max.
Notes On Fixing SUITABLE FOR:

• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks, fix to furring only.
600mm minimum in adjacent sheets, backed by framing
Fixing Procedure
furring), leaving a 10mm max. gap between the bottom
of the sheet and the floor, and with recess joints centred
on furring.
• Press the sheet firmly against the framing and screw
fix recessed edges at 100mm maximum from top and
bottom of sheet (but not through tracks) and as per the
Fixing Specification table.
• Screw fix field of plasterboard at 100mm maximum
from top and bottom of sheet and as per the Fixing
Specification table.
• Screw fix at butt joints, corners and around openings as

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 26: PLASTERBOARD FIXING TO HEBEL AAC WALL – VERTICAL SHEETING – SCREW FIXING – NON-TILED AREAS
For additional information, refer to CSR Hebel Design Guide – Acoustic Wall Systems
10-16mm
Fixings 50mm x 10g bugle
head screws
10-16mm Field, Butt Screws at 600mm
Joints & max. horizontal
Edges centres x 300mm
max. vertical centres
Gyprock
Plasterboard
CSR Hebel AAC Panel
300mm
max.
10mm max.
gap
600 mm
max.
FIG 27: PLASTERBOARD FIXING TO HEBEL AAC WALL – HORIZONTAL SHEETING – SCREW FIXING – NON-TILED
AREAS For additional information, refer to CSR Hebel Design Guide – Acoustic Wall Systems
Fixings 50mm x 10g bugle
head screws
Field, Butt Screws at 600mm
Joints & max. horizontal
Edges centres x 300mm
max. vertical centres
CSR Hebel AAC Panel
CSR Hebel AAC Panel
10-16mm
Gyprock
Plasterboard
300mm
max.
10mm max.
gap
600mm
10-16mm max.
from edges

NON-FIRE RATED
DIRECT FIXING Installation

• All new masonry surfaces must be allowed to dry out to
PLASTERBOARD TO normal levels before installation of Gyprock plasterboard.
Masonry surfaces are to be firm, clean, and free of dust,
MASONRY WALLS oil, etc. For painted masonry walls, locally remove paint
where adhesive is to be placed.
Description • Establish the basis of a true wall plane before commencing
installation. Levelling pads are to be used where
Gyprock plasterboard may be used to line dry masonry walls
irregularities in wall surface exceed 15mm. Plasterboard
to provide an alternative to cement render and set plaster
sheets can be fixed horizontally or vertically.
finishes. Gyprock plasterboard can be laminated directly
onto the masonry, including concrete blocks, clay bricks and • Ensure masonry has no treatment that could reduce
calcium silicate bricks, using Gyprock Masonry Adhesive (in adhesion. Water should be easily absorbed by the
WA, Gyprock Drywall Masonry Adhesive 100). masonry surface.
Joint treatment as detailed in the jointing systems section • Daubs of Gyprock Masonry Adhesive can be applied to
creates a smooth flush surface ready for decoration. the wall surface or to the back of the sheets. Hold sheets
in position until adhesive sets by using temporary masonry
nails.
Design Considerations
• Gyprock Masonry Adhesive is a setting type plaster. Do not
Lining masonry with plasterboard is an alternative to solid use the mix after setting or hardening has commenced,
plaster, not a means of isolating dampness. The adhesive and mix only a sufficient quantity that can be used in 45
fixing method must not be used where walls are to be tiled. minutes.
Services should be installed prior to the Gyprock plasterboard • Check alignment of the wall with a straight edge to
linings being fixed. All wall fixtures must be fastened to the establish the wall alignment. Strike a chalk line on ceiling
masonry wall, with additional daubs of adhesive around the and floor for use as a guide to align the face of the
fixing to avoid distortion of the plasterboard. Gyprock plasterboard.
Control joints are to be installed in the following locations: • When applying adhesive daubs to the wall, mark the wall
• To correspond with control joints in the masonry where the sheet edges fall to keep daubs 50mm away
• Where plasterboard abuts any structural element or from the edges of the sheet. Measure and cut the sheets
dissimilar wall assembly. to fit horizontally or vertically, allowing 6mm clearance at
top and bottom.
• In long wall runs, at not more than 12m centres.
• Stagger butt joints a minimum of 900mm. Mix the Masonry
• Between floor levels, e.g. in stairwells. Adhesive with water to a fairly thick consistency. If the wall
When lining a true wall surface, an allowance of about 5mm alignment is flat and true, using a 75mm broadknife, apply
should be made for adhesive thickness. daubs of adhesive at 50mm from all sheet edges and
at 460mm maximum centres vertically and horizontally.
Daubs may be applied to the wall or to the back of the
sheet, and should be approximately 50mm diameter and
minimum 15mm thick. If the wall is out of alignment by up
to 15mm, bigger daubs must be used.
• Additional daubs must be applied at butt joints, external
angles and around power points, plumbing fixtures,
doors, windows and skirtings.
• Position boards and use a straight edge to tamp the
boards into alignment both vertically and horizontally. Hold
sheets in position for at least 80 minutes to allow adhesive
to set with temporary masonry nails through sheet edges.
If necessary, use temporary blocks or props to the field of
the board.
• Do not disturb the walls or set joints for at least 48 hours.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 28: PLASTERBOARD FIXING TO MASONRY – HORIZONTAL SHEETING – ADHESIVE FIXING – NON-TILED AREAS
50mm Fixing Specifications
Fixings Gyprock Masonry
50mm Adhesive
Sheet Ends 25mm dia. daubs of
Gyprock Masonry
Daubs of Adhesive at 50mm
Gyprock from corners and
Masonry 250mm max. centres
Adhesive Recessed 25mm dia. daubs of
Edges & Gyprock Masonry
Field Adhesive at 450mm
max. centres
Gyprock
plasterboard
450mm
max. 450mm max. 250mm
max.
Gyprock
plasterboard
10mm max. gap
FIG 29: PLASTERBOARD FIXING TO MASONRY – HORIZONTAL SHEETING – ADHESIVE FIXING – NON-TILED AREAS
50mm
250mm Fixings Gyprock Masonry
max. Adhesive
50mm
Sheet Ends 25mm dia. daubs of
Gyprock Masonry
Adhesive at 50mm
from corners and
250mm max. centres
Recessed 25mm dia. daubs of
Edges & Gyprock Masonry
Field Adhesive at 450mm
450mm max. centres
max.
Gyprock Gyprock
plasterboard plasterboard
450mm Daubs of
max. Gyprock
Masonry
Adhesive
10mm max.
gap

NON-FIRE RATED
CURVED WALLS
Applications FIG 30: FRAMING PREPARATION FOR CURVED WALL
USING RONDO FLEXI-TRACK
Gyprock Flexible Plasterboard has a thickness or 6.5mm, and
Refer to TABLE 21
has been specifically designed for curved wall applications. and TABLE 22 for
It is particularly effective for small radius situations (less than maximum stud
900mm) which cannot be accomplished with other Gyprock spacing
plasterboards.
Gyprock Standard Plasterboard of 10mm or greater
thickness may be used on curved walls where the radius
of the curve is 900mm or greater, as detailed in TABLE 21. Minimum curving radius for
Rondo Flexi-Track
All Gyprock plasterboards, except perforated, may be used Minimum
Track Depth
on curved surfaces with a radius greater than 3000mm. Radius
51mm 180mm
Fire rated walls MUST NOT be curved to a radius of less
Rondo Flexi-Track® 64mm 200mm
than 3000mm. 76mm 230mm
92mm 285mm
Framing Preparation 150mm 475mm
P re p a re t h e c u r v e d f r a m i n g i n a c c o rd a n c e w i t h
TABLE 21 or TABLE 22 and FIG 30 appropriate for the
chosen plasterboard and curving radius. For small radius
curves, install double studs at each end of the curve to
prevent frame deflection. Plasterboard curves significantly better where the recess
Rondo Flexi-Track makes the job of preparing curved walls edges are not bent around the curve (vertical sheeting).
considerably easier, and is available in 0.55 BMT for general In most instances, two layers of Gyprock Flexible Plasterboard
use, and in 0.75 BMT for deflection head applications. are recommended, and they can easily be flush jointed
Flexi-Track should be fixed at each stud, through the pre- to one layer of 13mm Gyprock plasterboard for adjacent
punched holes provided. straight sections where appropriate.
Ensure that all framing members to receive sheeting are All butt joints must fall on framing members.
correctly spaced and aligned for the application. When planning the sheet layout within the curved area,
ensure that the sheet edges of the first and second layers are
Flexible Plasterboard Fixing staggered at least 200mm to avoid aligned joints.
Gyprock Flexible Plasterboard sheets can be curved with the Fasten Gyprock Flexible Plasterboard as per FIG 31,
recess edges bent around the curve (horizontal sheeting), FIG 32, FIG 33 or FIG 34 appropriate to the installation.
however for very small radius applications Gyprock Flexible Carefully follow the screw spacing details for each application.
TABLE 21: CURVING RADII AND MAXIMUM STUD SPACING FOR 6.5, 10, 13 AND 16mm GYPROCK PLASTERBOARDS
Gyprock
All Gyprock Plasterboards
Flexible Gyprock Standard Plasterboard and Flexible Plasterboard ONLY
Plasterboard (excluding Perforated)
Plasterboard
Thickness
Curve Radius (mm)
(mm)
<900 900 – 1000 1000 – 1500 1500 – 2000 2000 – 2500 2500 – 3000 3000 – 4000 4000 – Plus
Maximum Stud Spacing (mm)
Refer to
6.5 150 200 250 300 350 450 550
TABLE 22
10 – 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
13 – – 150 200 250 300 400 500
16 – – – – – – 250 350
TABLE 22: MINIMUM CURVING RADII AND MAXIMUM FRAME SPACING FOR GYPROCK FLEXIBLE PLASTERBOARD
Applications Sheets Installed Vertically Sheets Installed Horizontally
Minimum Radius Max. Stud Spacing Minimum Radius Max stud Spacing
Concave 450mm 150mm 650mm 200mm
Convex 250mm 125mm 450mm 200mm
Notes – Low temperature and humidity will reduce board flexibility.

NON-FIRE RATED
Wetting Flexible Plasterboard

Wetting plasterboard is usually not a recommended practice,
however when conditions of low humidity and temperatures
occur, or an extremely tight radius is to be attempted, it may
be necessary to roll on a small amount of water with a clean
paint roller.
Only wet the face of the plasterboard that will be in
compression.
Allow 15 minutes for water to soak into the core before
attempting to bend the board.
Fixing 10, 13 & 16mm

Plasterboards
Gyprock 10, 13 and 16mm plasterboards may be attached
vertically or horizontally, depending upon the framing support
and application, however, wherever possible sheets should
be installed with horizontal recess joints as this considerably
improves the ease of jointing.
Sheets should begin and end a minimum of one stud from
the curved section, and more if possible.
10, 13 and 16mm thickness plasterboards used on on
curved walls must be screw fixed to all studs at 100mm
maximum from the top and bottom of the wall (but not
through tracks) and at 400mm maximum centres for non-fire
rated walls or 300mm maximum centres for fire rated walls.
All vertical butt joints must fall on framing members, be screw
fixed at 200mm maximum centres, and be staggered by a
minimum of 600mm between adjacent sheets.
Jointing & Finishing

Jointing and finishing of curved walls is in accordance with
normal practice.
In multi-layer systems, jointing and finishing is required on
the outer layer only, on each side of the wall.
Note: Under some lighting conditions, glancing light may
highlight the plasterboard joints. This is more apparent with
vertical sheeting. A skim coat to the entire plasterboard
surface is recommended to reduce this effect.
Gyprock Flexible Plasterboard can be painted with the full
range of finishes.
The use of a preparatory sealer over the entire surface is
recommended prior to application of finish coats.
Refer to the “JOINTING & FINISHING” section of this guide
for details.

NON-FIRE RATED
Flexible Plasterboard FIG 31: CONCAVE – VERTICAL SHEETING
Fixing For Concave For small radius curves, install double studs to
prevent frame deflection
Curves No curve in
No curve in
this area
this area
Arrange sheets so that both layers of the
Concave Curved Area
flexible plasterboard extend at least one
stud spacing beyond the curved area. 450mm
minimum
Recessed radius
Attach one end/edge of the sheet to the edge of
first layer
framing member or substrate by fastening
at the appropriate centres. 2 layers of 6.5mm Gyprock
Flexible Plasterboard where
A p p l y p re s s u re t o t h e s h e e t a n d required
unrestrained end/edge of the sheet. Fasten both layers at

max. 100mm centres
When the sheet makes contact with at first frames outside
the substrate it should be fixed with the curved area
appropriate fasteners, beginning at the Recessed edge of

second layer
fixed end/edge and proceeding towards
the unrestrained end/edge. 13mm plasterboard
may be used to
The second layer joints should be continue wall
staggered at least 200mm from the first

Fasten both layers at top
layer to prevent aligned joints. and bottom of sheets on
all frame members 10
0m
For radii less than 900mm, fix all layers 0mm m
10
at edges only as detailed. For radii
greater than 900mm, also fix all layers First layer and second layer
in the field at 400mm max. centres to all staggered a minimum 200mm
to prevent aligned joints Use stopping
framing. Avoid placing more screws than Sheet bottom at edge of
edge 6mm above sheet where
recommended into the plasterboard face finished floor level possible
within the curved area.
FIG 32: CONCAVE – HORIZONTAL SHEETING
For small radius curves, install double studs
to prevent frame deflection
No curve in
No curve in this area
this area
Concave Curved Area

650mm minimum radius
Use stopping at
edge of sheet
where possible
Recessed edge offset

by 200mm min. from
previous layer 2 layers of 6.5mm Gyprock
required Fasten both layers at
max. 100mm centres at
Fasten both layers at first frame outside
max. 100mm centres at curved area
first frame outside First layer and second layer
curved area staggered a minimum 200mm
to prevent aligned joints Use stopping at
edge of sheet
13mm plasterboard 13mm plasterboard where possible
may be used to may be used to
continue wall continue wall
Recessed edge
of second layer
m 10
0m 0m
10 m
and bottom of each sheet
but not through tracks
Sheet bottom
edge 6mm above
finished floor level

NON-FIRE RATED
Flexible FIG 33: CONVEX – VERTICAL SHEETING

Fasten both layers at max.
Plasterboard Fixing 100mm centres at start and
Fasten both layers at max.
100mm centres at start and
Recessed
finish of curve and at min. finish of curve and at min.
for Convex Curves 200mm from edge of curve 200mm from edge of curve edge
Arrange sheets so that both layers

of the flexible plasterboard extend at
Convex Curved Area
least one stud spacing beyond the 250mm minimum radius
curved area.
Attach one end/edge of the sheet to
the framing member or substrate by
fastening at the appropriate centres. 13mm plasterboard
may be used to
Beginning from the fixed end/edge, continue wall
progressively work the sheet against
the framing.
As the sheet makes contact with 2 layers of 6.5mm Gyprock
the framing, fix the sheet with the Recessed required
edge
appropriate fasteners.
The second layer joints in the curved m
0m
10
area should be staggered at least
10 First layer and second layer
200mm from the first layer to prevent 0m staggered a minimum 200mm
m to prevent aligned joints
aligned joints.
For radii less than 900mm, fix all
layers at edges only as detailed. For Fasten both layers at top
Sheet and bottom of sheets but
radii greater than 900mm, also fix bottom N
not through tracks
all layers in the field at 400mm max. edge 6mm in o cu rve
thi rve cu rea
above sa
rea No this a
centres to all framing. Avoid placing finished in
floor level
more screws than recommended
For small radius curves, install
into the plasterboard face within the double studs to prevent frame
deflection
curved area.
FIG 34: CONVEX – HORIZONTAL SHEETING
Fasten both layers at max. Fasten both layers at max.

100mm centres at start and 100mm centres at start and
finish of curve and at min. finish of curve and at min.
200mm from edge of curve 200mm from edge of curve
Convex Curved Area
450mm minimum radius
For small radius curves, install

double studs to prevent frame
deflection

and bottom of each sheet
m
Recessed edge 0m
10
m
Recessed edge of second layer 0m
10
10
0m
m
2 layers of 6.5mm Gyprock
required
13mm plasterboard 13mm plasterboard

No may be used to may be used to
cu continue wall continue wall rea
rve hisa
in nt
thi ei
sa
rea c urv
No
Sheet bottom First layer and second layer

edge 6mm above staggered a minimum 200mm
finished floor level to prevent aligned joints Recessed edge

NON-FIRE RATED
JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – NON-FIRE RATED

Note: Wall/ceiling junction details require engineer’s approval where seismic loads apply.
Wall Head Details

FIG 35: FRICTION FIT HEAD FIG 38: HEAD FOR SUSPENDED TEE-LOCK CEILING
Fix track at each
main runner
Main Runner
6 – 10mm
100mm max. clearance to
to first fastener Gyprock™
(Do not fix plasterboard
through track)
Fill gap with Gyprock RONDO P50 or P60
™ Wet Area Acrylic Shadowline Stopping
Sealant for acoustic Bead (finish as
Stud integrity required)
6mm Fix wall sheets at 10
NOTE: Junction may be clear Track section with to15mm below head NOTE: This method of
finished square, with of 32mm flange fastened track flanges Stud construction is not
stopping bead or with soffit to soffit at 600mm recommended for studs
cornice. Do not rigidly centres max. adjacent to windows or
fix cornice to walls doors or studs carrying
where friction joints are loads greater than
used 0.25kPa.
FIG 36: DEFLECTION HEAD FIG 39: HEAD FOR SUSPENDED CEILING
Additional Furring Channel
where wall runs parallel to Suspended Ceiling
setout Top Cross Rail
100mm max. 20mm max.

to first fastener clearance to stud
(Do not fix and plasterboard
through track)
Fill gap with Furring Channel in
Gyprock Wet Area normal setout position
NOTE: Stopping bead Acrylic Sealant for Finish as required
or cornice finish as acoustic integrity
required. Do not rigidly
fix cornice to walls Deflection Head Track
where friction joints are fastened at 600mm Fix wall sheets at 10 Fix Head Track to Furring
used Stud centres max. to15mm below head Channel at 600mm max.
track flanges centres
Where wall runs
Stud perpendicular to furring
channel fix track to furring
at each intersection
FIG 37: DEFLECTION HEAD WITH CORNICE FIG 40: HEAD USING ALUMINIUM HEAD TRACK
Fix extruded track at
Fix cornice to ceiling only with Furring each furring channel
Gyprock Cornice Cement Channel

to first fastener clearance to stud
(Do not fix and plasterboard Gyprock™ plasterboard
through track) RONDO extruded
ceiling fixed to furring aluminium track for
Gyprock Wet Area channel at appropriate
Acrylic Sealant or 64, 76 or 92mm
centres studs
NOTE: Stopping flexible adhesive
bead or cornice
finish as required. Fill gap with
Do not rigidly fix Gyprock Wet Area
cornice to walls Stud
Acrylic Sealant for
where friction joints Stud acoustic integrity
are used
Deflection Head Track
fastened at 600mm
centres max.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 41: WALL/CEILING JUNCTION – PLASTERBOARD FIG 44: WALL/CEILING JUNCTION –

LINING PANEL LINING
Fix wall track to ceiling
System frame with Rondo 704
System insulation Ceiling framing insulation Partition Clip
Tape and
Gyprock™ set or Gyprock™ Panel Finish Bead as
plasterboard cornice Ceiling System required
ceiling system finish continuous over
continuous wall in Rondo Continuous bead of
over wall DUO Two-way Gyprock™ Sealant
Steel Grid or a closed cell
foam tape above
wall track

LINING PANEL LINING
Steel angle to Rondo DUO Two-way

Height to support ceiling grid Height to Steel Grid Ceiling
System insulation acoustic detail System insulation acoustic System
System insulation detail System insulation
Ceiling Framing
Gyprock Gyprock™ Panel

plasterboard Ceiling System
ceiling Tape and set or
cornice finish

LINING PANEL LINING
Floor or roof structure Floor or roof structure
System insulation System insulation System insulation System insulation
Gyprock™
plasterboard ceiling Tape and set or Gyprock™ panel
system cornice finish or ceiling system
shadowline bead

NON-FIRE RATED
Wall Base Details FIG 50: VERTICAL CONTROL JOINT – TILED WALL
10mm gap
Note: Wall/ceiling junction details require engineer’s approval Framing member
in normal position Additional
where seismic loads apply. framing member
(stud, joist, furring
channel or batten)
For additional junction details refer to the fire rated section.
Backing Rod
FIG 47: WALL BASE DETAIL
Wet area Wet area
flexible sealant lining board
Wet area
Fix track at 600mm max. flexible sealant 6mm min. gap Ceramic Tiles
centres. With 150mm width Stud
track, use 2 fixings Gyprock™
approximately 20mm in plasterboard
from each side of track
Studs bottomed
in track
Fill gap with Gyprock™ FIG 51: CONTROL JOINT – STEEL FURRING ON
Sealant for acoustic
integrity 10mm max. gap MASONRY WALL
at bottom of sheet (Maintains acoustic integrity of the wall system in which it is installed).
15-20mm Backing rod and flexible

Finish surface gap sealant to masonry wall
as per external angles suppliers specification
for acoustic integrity
RONDO P35 Control

Joint or Gyprock Hebel or
FIG 48: TRACK FIXING DETAIL Flexible Sealant masonry wall
Gyprock Plasterboard
Gyprock Flexible Backing Rod to fill cavity

Sealant or RONDO (non-fire rated 22mm dia.
P35 Control Joint 15-20mm
tres gap min. for acoustic integrity)
cen
max.
mm
600
res
ent
a x. c FIG 52: CONTROL JOINT – STEEL STUD WALL SYSTEM
mmm
600 (Maintains acoustic integrity of the wall system in which it is installed).
For Rw up to 40, use backing rod only detail.
100mm max. from For Rw greater than 40, use backing rod and sealant detail.
fastener to end of track
15-20mm Gyprock™ Flexible
Finish surface gap Sealant (depth equal to
as per external angles wall lining thickness) for
acoustic integrity
RONDO P35 Stud in Additional stud to

Control Joint normal form control joint
Control Joints position
RONDO P35 Gyprock™

FIG 49: VERTICAL CONTROL JOINT – NON-TILED WALL Control Joint Plasterboard
(Only suitable for walls with no acoustic performance requirements).
15-20mm gap
Framing member
in normal position Additional
(stud, joist, furring framing member
Finish surface Backing Rod
channel or batten) – non fire rated
as per external angles 15-20mm
gap 22mm dia. for
acoustic integrity
RONDO
P35 Control Joint
Lining board
Finish surface
as per external angles 15-20mm gap

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 53: CONTROL JOINT – STEEL FURRING ON Wall Junctions

MASONRY WALL
(Only suitable for walls with no acoustic performance requirements). FIG 56: CONTROL JOINT AT JUNCTION OF MASONRY
AND STEEL STUD WALL
Fill gap with

GyprocK™ Flexible
Hebel or Gyprock Plasterboard sealant for acoustic
masonry wall integrity
RONDO Stopping
Bead and set over
Gyprock Flexible 0.5mm continuous steel Do not fix

Sealant or RONDO backing strip, rivet fixed to Track plasterboard
P35 Control Joint 15-20mm
gap one side of joint only to end stud
10mm
FIG 54: HORIZONTAL CONTROL JOINT –
WITH COVER MOULD
100 to 150mm
Stud
Gyprock Gyprock
FIG 57: CORNER DETAIL –
PLASTERBOARD TO PLASTERBOARD WALLS
Set corner
Sealant with external
angle bead
and cement Track
Deflection
head track Screw fix studs
at 600mm max.
vertical centres
Slab
100mm max. Set corner with

15-20mm gap paper tape and
to first track
fixing Track cement
Sealant
Cover moulding
fixed through
lower sheet only Gyprock™
Gyprock Fix at 600mm plasterboard
plasterboard Stud max. centres
along track
Steel track
fixings
FIG 55: HORIZONTAL CONTROL JOINT –
WITH P35 CONTROL JOINT
FIG 58: JUNCTION DETAIL –
Stud PLASTERBOARD TO PLASTERBOARD WALLS
Gyprock Gyprock
plasterboard plasterboard Stud at wall Fix studs at 600mm
intersection max. vertical centres
Track fixing 100mm

Sealant Track max. from wall
intersection
Gyprock
plasterboard
fixed at top of
deflection head
Slab track
Set corners with
Finish surface 100mm max. paper tape and
as per external to first track cement
angles fixing
Deflection gap to
engineer’s specification
15-20mm gap
Gyprock™
Fix at 600mm plasterboard
RONDO max. centres
P35 Control along track
Gyprock Joint
plasterboard Stud
Track
Gyprock
plasterboard Metal track
fixings

NON-FIRE RATED
Door Jamb/Head Details

Prepare the framing in accordance with “Framing Requirements”, and linings in accordance with “Sheet Installation” as previously
detailed in this guide. Install door in accordance with AS1909, with consideration of the door height and closing mechanism.
FIG 59: TIMBER DOOR FRAME DETAIL

FIG 60: DOOR HEAD SECTION
Gyprock™
Boxed Studs or plasterboard
Heavier Gauge Studs
at sides of opening
Fastener
2 x Nº8 Tek
Screws or
3mm rivets
Architrave
Door Frame
Cut track,
fold and fix
to stile stud
Door Head (with rebated
or planted stop)
FIG 61: DOOR JAMB SECTION
Door Jamb (with

rebated or planted
Architrave stop)
Timber Gyprock™
Door Jamb plasterboard
nailed or
screw fixed Stud
to frame
Timber
Fix studs to tracks Door Frame
with tek screw or
3mm dia rivet
Boxed or heavier Door Frame
gauge Stud
Alternative Door Jamb Details

NOTE: Either boxed studs or heavier gauge studs should be used to support door jambs.
FIG 62: SHADOWLINE PROFILE FIG 63: TYPICAL METAL DOOR FIG 64: TYPICAL ALUMINIUM
FRAME EXTRUDED JAMB PROFILE
Door Jamb (with
rebated or planted stop)
Proprietary Steel Door Gyprock™ Door Jamb
Rondo P27 Stopping Frame and stud frame plasterboard
Angle (set over) fixing system
Boxed Boxed Boxed

Steel Stud Steel Stud Steel Stud
Gyprock™
plasterboard
Gyprock™ Trim Reveal Gyprock™ External Corner

or Rondo Shadowline plasterboard Bead (set over)
Stopping Bead (set over)

NON-FIRE RATED
Attachments
FIG 65: LIGHTWEIGHT FIXTURES (EG. PICTURES AND WALL MIRRORS)
Self tapping Wall Plug Expanding

screw into stud and Screw Fastener
Stud
Hook Hook Mirror
Gyprock™ Gyprock™ Gyprock™

plasterboard plasterboard plasterboard
FIG 66: MEDIUM WEIGHT FIXTURES (EG. CUPBOARDS AND SHELVES)
Timber Nogging 2 x 45mm x Nº6

(do not use CCA Screws each end
treated timber)
65mm Screw
to hold fixture
Gyprock™ Expanding Gyprock™ Self Tapping

plasterboard Fastener ot plasterboard Screw into
Toggle Bolt stud
FIG 67: HEAVYWEIGHT FIXTURES (EG. WALL BASINS AND CISTERNS – EXCLUDING WALL HUNG WC PANS)
300mm
minimum
Steel Angle fixed to Timber Nogging (not CCA Boxed Studs 3 x Nº10 Self 4mm Steel Plate
studs with 3 screws treated) 200 x 38mm min. each side of Tapping Screws
each side fixed to angle with 3 screws fixture each side
each side

FIRE RATED
FIRE RATED WALL SYSTEMS

FRAMING Track Fixings
Each track fastener is required to withstand a shear load of
REQUIREMENTS 0.75kN for walls with a design load of 0.25kPa.
For walls with a design UDL of 0.35kPa, each track fastener
Introduction is required to withstand a sheer load of 1.1kN.
The installation of steel stud and track wall framing for fire When fixing to concrete or masonry, use power driven steel
rated construction generally follows the same procedure as fasteners, expansion anchors (eg. Dynabolts) or easy drive
for non-fire rated walls. masonry anchors.
Non-loadbearing wall framing is constructed using Rondo

lipped steel studs fitted into track sections positioned at the Nogging
top and bottom of the wall. Nogging is not required in non-loadbearing single stud wall
Deflection head track must be used on non-loadbearing systems less than 4.4m in height which have plasterboard
walls exceeding 4800mm in height and may be specified in fixed on both sides.
any wall system to allow for vertical movement of the roof/ Nogging is required in the following locations:
ceiling.
• Behind butt joints in the first plasterboard layer in vertical
Studs are held in the tracks by friction fit, and they must not sheeting applications.
be fixed to head track by mechanical fasteners or crimping.
• Non-loadbearing double stud walls and single stud walls
Staggered stud wall systems are constructed using the lined on one side only. An additional nogging is also
Gyprock Staggered Stud Clip to locate 64mm depth lipped required near the top of the wall. Refer to TABLE 19 and
studs in 92mm floor and ceiling tracks. Alternatively, Rondo Wall Head Details.
P140 sections may be used to locate studs to head track/
• Noggings or similar framing must be installed where
angles. Refer to detailed assembly information.
support is required for attaching handrails and wall
The Building Code of Australia requires that internal non- fixtures.
loadbearing, fire rated walls be designed for a minimum UDL
• All loadbearing wall systems to stabilise the wall. Refer to
of 0.25kPa or in some cases 0.35kPa. Refer to TABLE 14 to
the project engineer or Rondo for technical requirements.
TABLE 20 for suitable stud size/height selection information.
Where higher pressures are specified refer to Rondo for Where nogging is required, it should be screw fixed or
additional information. crimped to both flanges of each stud unless noted.
Nogging must not be installed in staggered stud wall
Control Joints systems, as additional connection between studs reduces
the acoustic performance of these wall systems.
Control joints must be installed to allow for structural
the frame, lining and any tiles. FRAMING
Vertical control joints in stud walls are to be constructed
using two studs with a 15-20mm gap between.
INSTALLATION
Door frames extending from floor to ceiling constitute control
joints. For doors less than ceiling height, a control joint Single Stud, Double Single Studs
extending from one corner of the frame may be used.
Stud Framing &
Control joints must be installed at all construction joints in Double Studs
Studs Lined One Side
the building and at the following locations:
• Accurately align floor and ceiling
• Walls with plasterboard outer layer – at 12m maximum Lined 1 Side
tracks according to the wall layout
centres.
and fasten in place at 100mm
• Non-tiled internal walls with fibre cement outer layer – at maximum from each end of the track and at 600mm
7.2m maximum centres. maximum centres along the track.
• Tiled internal walls – at 4.8m maximum centres. • Wall plates must be fixed to the support structure with
• At junctions with other building elements. steel fasteners.
• At changes of lining material. • Cut studs 15mm shorter than the floor to ceiling height
to allow for heat expansion during a fire (20mm shorter
• At changes of structural support systems. where deflection head track is used). Studs should be
• At each storey or rise of studs. prepared so that service holes in the webs will be aligned
Refer to Junctions & Penetrations for appropriate details. after installation.

FIRE RATED
• Place studs into the tracks and twist into position. The Refer to Control Joints in the preceding Framing section for
track flanges should provide a friction fit. Ensure studs are appropriate locations.
bottomed in floor track. Do not fix studs to top tracks. Refer to Junctions & Penetrations for appropriate details.
FIG 68: STUD INSTALLATION
Electrical Wiring
Where electrical wiring is obviously mounted for connection
to a wall or ceiling fixture, the installer shall pass the cables
through a neat, close-fitting hole in the face of the sheet at
the appropriate position clearly marked by the electrician.
• Position a stud at each end of the wall, and where
appropriate, fix its web to the adjacent wall structure. Refer to the Junctions & Penetration details for sealing
treatment.
• Position studs along the wall at 600mm maximum centres.
The open sides of these studs should be facing the end
of the wall from which sheeting will begin. Tiled Walls
• Where nogging track is to be used, fit to studs before Where Gyprock plasterboard or CeminSeal Wallboard is
installing into tracks. Otherwise cut-to-length nogging can used as a substrate for tiles, the sheets must be fastened
be fitted after stud installation. with screws only. Adhesive/fastener fixing is not acceptable.
Refer to fixing details later in this guide for specific fastener
Staggered Stud Framing positioning based on tile weight.
Staggered stud steel frame wall Staggered Studs

systems are suitable for fire rated Caulking
applications, and are constructed To achieve the specified fire and/or sound performance,
using various steel sections as studs. all perimeter gaps and penetrations must be carefully and
For detailed installation information, Boxed Staggered Studs completely filled with Gyprock Fire Mastic or CSR FireSeal
refer to ‘Staggered Stud Framing’ on page 30. or other tested fire/acoustic rated material of equivalent or
better performance.
SHEET INSTALLATION Jointing & Finishing

Sheets are to be fitted together neatly at joints. Gaps up to
Introduction 3mm wide must be filled with a Gyprock Base Coat before
jointing.
All fire rated wall systems must be fastener fixed.
Refer to the Jointing & Finishing section of this guide for
Installation details for Gyprock Fyrchek plasterboard are also
detailed information.
suitable for other Gyprock fire grade plasterboards. Refer
to the Gyprock Red Book for system performance details. In multi-layer systems, jointing and finishing is required on
the outer layer only, on each side of the wall.
Provide adequate ventilation in all structures to minimise air
humidity. Excessive humidity may result in the plasterboard
sagging. Sheet Fixing Procedures
• Sheets must be fastener fixed, adhesive may be used, but
Sheet Layout must not be used to replace fasteners.
Gyprock plasterboard sheets may be installed horizontally • Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end
or vertically. Sheet orientation should be chosen so that any facing the open side of the studs. Refer to the following
critical light falls along the recessed joints, or to minimise illustrations for sheeting direction and order.
the number of butt joints. To achieve some ‘Levels of Finish’ FIG 69: SHEETING DIRECTION AND RECESS JOINT
horizontal sheeting should be used, except that a single LOCATION FOR VERTICAL SHEETING
sheet may be fixed vertically where it covers the whole wall
First Side – Full Width Sheet
locates on second stud
Control Joints 1 2
Control joints must be installed to allow for structural

3
the frame, lining and any tiles. Second Side – Cut Width Sheet 4
locates on first stud
Vertical control joints in walls are to be constructed using two
studs with a 15-20mm gap between.

FIRE RATED
FIG 70: SHEETING DIRECTION AND BUTT JOINT • Sheets are to be fitted together neatly at joints. Gaps up
LOCATION FOR HORIZONTAL SHEETING to 3mm wide must be filled with a Gyprock Base Coat
before jointing.
Butt Joints offset
between layers • Where indicated in the Levels of Finish table, external
5 6
corners subject to damage are to be protected with a
1 2 suitable Gyprock metal corner bead attached and finished
3 4 as per details in the Jointing section of this guide.
7 • In fire or acoustic rated systems, all outer layer joints
Butt Joints offset on 8
opposite sides of the wall and corners, including those in non-visible areas such as
ceiling voids, must be finished with a minimum of base
coat and paper tape.
• In wet areas, approved moisture resistant and fire rated
• Joints are not to coincide with the edge of openings (eg grade Gyprock plasterboards (or moisture resistant and
doorways or windows). Sheets are to be laid so that fire rated grade Gyprock plasterboards plus CeminSeal
any joint falls a minimum of 200mm from the edge of an Wallboard) must be used. Refer to the Gyprock
opening. Avoid butt joints over single doorways and cavity Plasterboard Applications and Selection Table in the
sliding doors wherever possible. Refer to the following ‘Components’ section of this guide.
detail.
• Do not overdrive fasteners. Refer to the following details.
FIG 71: JOINT LAYOUT FOR VERTICAL OR
HORIZONTAL SHEETING FIXING PLASTERBOARD
200mm Sheet 200mm Control
min. joints min. joint Position fasteners between 10mm and 16mm from sheet
edges.
All fasteners are to be driven home with the head slightly
below the surface of the sheet, but not punched through
the face linerboard. Best results are obtained using a screw
gun. Care should be taken to avoid damaging the face or
core of the plasterboard.
✓ ✗
• Do not fasten plasterboard sheeting to the head tracks in
stud wall systems.
• Do not fix plasterboard to steel framing which is greater
than 2.4mm in thickness.
FIXING WALLBOARD
• Where possible it is recommended that full length sheets
are used to minimise butt joints at sheet ends. Sheets Position fasteners a minimum of 12mm from all sheet edges,
should be butted neatly together, but not forced. and minimum 50mm from sheet corners. For recessed joints
and butt joints on framing, position fasteners opposite each
• For single layer systems and the first layer of multi- layer other.
systems, all butt joints must be backed by either a stud
or nogging and fixed as per the appropriate system Fixing All fasteners are to be driven home with the head
Specification table. Steel framing members must have a approximately 0.5mm below the surface of the sheet. Best
fixing face equal to or greater than 32mm width. results are obtained using a screw gun.
• For two layer systems, butt joints in the outer layer should FIG 73: FASTENER DRIVING – WALLBOARD
be either backed by nogging or stud and fixed as per the
appropriate system Fixing Specification table, or located ✓ ✗
between framing and fixed using laminating screws as per
the appropriate system Fixing Specification table.
• For three layer systems, butt joints in the outer layer
should be located between framing and fixed using
laminating screws as per the appropriate system Fixing Refer to the system installation details for specific fastener
Specification table. positioning.
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets on the same side of a wall

are to be staggered and located on/between different
framing members.
• Ensure that all services and insulation materials are
installed (when required), prior to the fixing of sheets to
the second side of stud walls.

FIRE RATED
FIG 74: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – SINGLE LAYER FIRE RATED – VERTICAL SHEETING – NON-TILED OR TILED
NON-TILED AREAS
Refer to
Table Location Fixing & Spacing
Noggings behind but joints Field Screw at top and
staggered 600mm min. bottom and 300mm
max. cts
CSR Bradford Acoustic max. cts
Insulation if required 600mm Refer to
min. Table Corners & Screw at top and
Openings bottom and 200mm
max. centres
(backed by max. centres
nogging)
Refer to Field Screws at 200mm
Table Refer to max. centres
Table Recessed Screws at 150mm
Butt Joints aligned
One layer of Gyprock Refer to Openings max. centres
Fyrchek plasterboard to Table
each side of wall in (backed by max. centres
accordance with system Tiles nogging)
specifications
max. centres
Refer to perimeter
details Recessed Screws at 100mm
SUITABLE FOR: Butt Joints aligned
(backed by max. centres
nogging)
Notes On Fixing • Press the sheet firmly against the studs and screw fix
• Offset joints on opposite sides of the wall by one stud recessed joints as per the Fixing Specification table. Do
spacing. not fix to intermediate studs at this time.
• Cut sheets as necessary to provide up to 10mm gap at • Screw fix at all butt joints, corners and around openings
the bottom and appropriate clearance at the top. as per the Fixing Specification table.
• If butt joints are required, they must be staggered by Second Side

600mm minimum in adjacent sheets, backed by nogging • Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have
and fixed as per the Fixing Specification table. been installed before sheeting second side.
• Place edge fasteners at 100mm maximum from top and • Cut the first sheet to half width so that joints on opposite
bottom edges, but not through tracks, and elsewhere 10 sides of the wall are located on different studs.
to 16mm from sheet edge.
• Screw fix to all studs as per the Fixing Specification table.
Return to the first side and screw fix plasterboard to
intermediate studs as per the Fixing Specification table.
Fixing Procedure
First Side
stud flanges.

FIRE RATED
FIG 75: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – SINGLE LAYER FIRE RATED – HORIZONTAL SHEETING –
NON-TILED OR TILED AREAS
NON-TILED AREAS
max. centres
Sheet Width
900mm 5 Screws
1200mm 5 Screws
1350mm 6 Screws
Refer to Recessed Screw at each stud
Table Edges
Recessed joints to be
offset a minimum 300mm Butt joints Screws at 200mm
in opposing sides when not max. centres
backed by nogging Refer to
Table Corners & Screws at 300mm
Refer to TILED AREAS up to 12.5kg/m2
Table
One layer of Gyprock
Fyrchek™ plasterboard to Field Screws at 200mm
each side of wall max. centres
Edges
Corners, Screws at 200mm
and Butt
Joints
CSR Bradford Acoustic Tiles
Insulation if required Location Fixing & Spacing
max. centres
Edges
Refer to perimeter
details Corners, Screws at 100mm
and Butt
Joints
SUITABLE FOR:
Notes On Fixing
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets and on opposite sides of
the wall must be staggered by a minimum of one stud
spacing.
• All butt joints must be centred on a stud.
• Place edge fasteners at 100mm maximum from top and in staggered stud systems
bottom edges, but not through tracks, and elsewhere 10
• Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end • Screw fix butt joints and at all corners and around
facing the open side of the studs. openings as per the Fixing Specification table.
Fixing Procedure that butt joints will be offset from adjacent sheets by a
minimum of one stud spacing.
Second Side
First Side
• Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have
angles to studs), leaving a 10mm max. gap between the
bottom of the sheet and the floor, and with butt joints • Cut sheets as necessary so that butt joints in adjacent
centred on stud flanges. sheets and on opposite sides of the wall are staggered
on different studs.
• Screw fix to each stud along recessed edges, beginning
at the centre of the sheet and working towards the ends. • Apply and fix sheets as detailed for the first side.
• Screw fix field of sheet to all studs as per the Fixing

FIRE RATED
FIG 76: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – TWO LAYER FIRE RATED – VERTICAL SHEETING – NON-TILED OR TILED
SUITABLE FOR: Fixing Specifications

1st LAYER ALL AREAS
Refer to Edges, max. centres
Table Field,
Corners &
Openings
on framing max. cts
2nd LAYER
Noggings may not be permitted Refer to Butt joints off
in staggered stud systems Table framing, use NON-TILED AREAS
Refer to laminating Location Fixing & Spacing
Table screws
Edges & bottom and 300mm
CSR Bradford Acoustic Field max. cts
Two layers of Gyprock Refer to Refer to Openings max. centres
Fyrchek™ plasterboard Table Table
Refer to Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
to each side of wall in Table
accordance with system max. centres
specifications TILED AREAS up to 12.5kg/m2
Noggings behind but joints Tiles Edges & max. centres
staggered 600mm min. Field

Refer to perimeter Butt Joints Screws at 150mm
details max. centres
Edges & max. centres
Field
max. centres
Notes On Fixing studs), with the bottom edge of the sheet on the floor.
• Offset joints on opposite sides of the wall by one stud • Press the sheet firmly against the studs and as per the
spacing. Fixing Specification table. Do not fix to intermediate studs
• Provide up to 10mm gap at the bottom or the outer layer at this time.
and appropriate clearance at the top of all layers. Second Side – First Layer
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks. • Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have
• If butt joints are required, they must be staggered by been installed before sheeting second side.
600mm min. between adjacent sheets and offset 300mm • Cut the first sheet to half width so that joints on opposite
between layers. Joints in the first layer must be backed sides of the wall are located on different studs.
by nogging and fixed as per the Fixing Specification table.
• Apply sheets vertically (paper bound edges centred on
Joints in subsequent layers may be backed and fixed to
studs), with the bottom edge of the sheet on the floor.
framing or fixed to the previous layer using laminating
screws as per the Fixing Specification table. (Tip: Locate • Screw fix this and subsequent full width sheets to all studs
butt joints in first layer at the bottom of the wall, and in the as per the Fixing Specification table.
second layer at the top of the wall.) • Return to the first side and screw fix plasterboard to
• Place edge fasteners at 100mm maximum from top and intermediate studs as per the Fixing Specification table.
bottom edges, but not through tracks, and elsewhere 10 First Side – Second Layer
• Cut the first sheet to half width so that joints in the second
• Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end layer do not align with joints in the first layer.
• Apply sheets vertically and screw fix as per the Fixing
Fixing Procedure Second Side – Second Layer
For fastener specifications refer to Components section. • Begin with a full width sheet and install as detailed for the
First Side – First Layer first side – second layer.
• Apply sheets vertically (paper bound edges centred on

FIRE RATED
FIG 77: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – TWO LAYER FIRE RATED – 1ST LAYER VERTICAL + 2ND LAYER HORIZONTAL
SHEETING – NON-TILED OR TILED
SUITABLE FOR:
1st LAYER – Vertical Sheeting
ALL AREAS
Table Field,
Corners &
Openings
Refer to
Table Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
on framing max. cts
Refer to 2nd LAYER – Horizontal Sheeting

Noggings may not be permitted Table
in staggered stud systems NON-TILED AREAS
CSR Bradford Acoustic Edges
Insulation if required Refer to
Table Field Screw at 300mm
max. cts
Refer to Corners & Screw at 300mm
Table Openings max. cts
max. centres
Where butt
Two layers of Gyprock joints are TILED AREAS up to 12.5kg/m2
Fyrchek™ plasterboard formed off Location Fixing & Spacing
to each side of wall in studs, fix
accordance with system to first Tiles Recessed Screw at each stud
specifications layer with Edges
laminating Field Screws at 200mm
screws max. centres
Refer to
Table Corners & Screws at 150mm
max. centres
Refer to perimeter
details TILED AREAS up to 32kg/m2
Edges
max. centres
Notes On Fixing been installed before
• If butt joints are required in the first layer, they must be sheeting second side. Openings max. centres
formed on framing. Refer to appropriate system detail. Butt Joints Screws at 100mm
• Cut the first sheet to max. centres
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets of a layer and between layers half width so that joints
must be staggered by a minimum of 600mm. on opposite sides of the
wall are located on different studs.
• Provide up to 10mm gap at the bottom or the outer layer
and appropriate clearance at the top of all layers. • Apply sheets vertically (paper bound edges centred on
studs), with the bottom edge of the sheet on the floor.
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks.
• Screw fix this and subsequent full width sheets to all studs
• Place edge fasteners at 100mm maximum from top and
as per the Fixing Specification table.
bottom edges, but not through tracks, and elsewhere 10
to 16mm from sheet edge. • Return to the first side and screw fix plasterboard to
intermediate studs as per the Fixing Specification table.
facing the open side of the studs. First Side – Second Layer
• Apply sheets horizontally (recessed edges at right angles
Fixing Procedure to studs), leaving a 10mm max. gap between the bottom
of the sheet and the floor.
• Screw fix as per the Fixing Specification table. Do not fix
First Side – First Layer through top tracks.
• Apply sheets vertically (paper bound edges centred on • Form butt joints in accordance with Levels of Finish table.
studs), with the bottom edge of the sheet on the floor. Offset butt joints in adjacent sheets by a minimum of one
• Press the sheet firmly against the studs and screw fix as stud spacing. Fix as per the Fixing Specification table
per the Fixing Specification table. Do not fix to intermediate Second Side – Second Layer
studs at this time.
• Cut sheets as necessary so that butt joints in adjacent
Second Side – First Layer sheets are offset.
• Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have • Fix sheets as detailed for first side – second layer.

FIRE RATED
FIG 78: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – TWO LAYER FIRE RATED – HORIZONTAL SHEETING – NON-TILED OR TILED
SUITABLE FOR: Fixing Specifications

1st LAYER – ALL AREAS
Horizontal Sheeting
Edges
Refer to
Table Field, Screws at 600mm
Corners & max. centres
Refer to Openings
(on framing) max. cts
300mm min.
Noggings may not be permitted Refer to
in staggered stud systems Table 2nd LAYER – Horizontal Sheeting
NON-TILED AREAS
Stagger fasteners Location Fixing & Spacing
at butt joints
max. centres
Stagger horizontal joints Sheet Width
300mm minimum between Refer to
Table Refer to 900mm 5 Screws
1st and 2nd layer 1200mm 5 Screws
Table
1350mm 6 Screws
Bradford Acoustic
Insulation if required Recessed Screw at each stud
Edges
Two layers of Gyprock Corners & Screws at 300mm
Fyrchek plasterboard to Openings max. centres
each side of wall in Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
accordance with system Where butt Tiles
joints are max. centres
specifications
formed off TILED AREAS up to 12.5kg/m2
Stagger butt joints in studs, fix to
first layer Location Fixing & Spacing
adjacent sheets and
between 1st and 2nd with Field Screws at 200mm
layers by one stud laminating max. centres
spacing minimum screws
Edges
Refer to perimeter Corners & Screws at 150mm
details Openings max. centres
max. centres
Notes On Fixing • Ensure all electrical/ Location Fixing & Spacing
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets of a layer and between layers plumbing/insulation Field Screws at 100mm
max. centres
must be staggered by a minimum of one stud spacing. materials have been
installed before sheeting Edges
• Recess joints between layers must be staggered a
second side. Corners & Screws at 100mm
minimum 300mm. Openings max. centres
First and Second Side – Butt Joints Screws at 100mm
• Provide up to 10mm gap at the bottom or the outer layer Second Layer max. centres
and appropriate clearance at the top of all layers.
• Apply sheets horizontally
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks. (paper bound edges at right angles to studs), leaving a
• Place edge fasteners at 100mm maximum from top and 10mm max. gap between the bottom of the sheet and
bottom edges, but not through tracks, and elsewhere 10 the floor.
to 16mm from sheet edge. • Screw fix to each stud along recessed edges, beginning
• Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end at the centre of the sheet and working towards the ends.
facing the open side of the studs. • Centre butt joints on stud flanges and screw fix as per the
Fixing Specification table and staggered.
Fixing Procedure • Alternatively, form butt joints within 50mm of the centre
For fastener specifications refer to Components section. between studs. Fix with laminating screws as per the
Fixing Specification table and staggered.
First and Second Side – First Layer
• Screw fix field of sheet, butt joints, corners and openings
• Cut the top and bottom sheets to a suitable width so that
second layer recessed joints will be offset a minimum
300mm from those in the first layer. • Apply the next row of sheets, cutting the first sheet so
that butt joints will be offset from adjacent sheets by a
minimum of one stud spacing.
angles to studs) and with butt joints centred on stud
flanges. • Cut sheets as necessary to ensure appropriate clearance
is provided at the head.
• Screw fix to each stud along recessed edges, beginning
at the centre of the sheet and working towards the ends.

FIRE RATED
FIG 79: SHEET FIXING – TWO LAYER FIRE RATED – VERTICAL WALLBOARD + HORIZONTAL PLASTERBOARD
– NON-TILED OR TILED
SUITABLE FOR:
1st LAYER – ALL AREAS
Wallboard Vertical Sheeting
Table Field,
Corners &
Openings
Refer to
on framing max. cts
Refer to 2nd LAYER –

Noggings may not be permitted Table Plasterboard Horizontal Sheeting
NON-TILED AREAS
CSR Bradford Acoustic Field Screws at 300mm
Insulation if required Refer to max. centres
Table Sheet Width
900mm 4 Screws
1200mm 5 Screws
One layer CeminSeal™ Refer to 1350mm 6 Screws
Wallboard Table
and Recessed Screw at each stud
One layer of Gyprock Edges
Fyrchek™ plasterboard
to each side of wall in Corners & 300mm max. centres
accordance with system Openings
specifications Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
Tiles max. centres
Refer to
Table Field Screws at 200mm
max. centres
Edges
Refer to perimeter
details Corners & Screws at 150mm
max. centres
Notes On Fixing all studs at 100mm TILED AREAS up to 32kg/m2
• If butt joints are required in the first layer, they must be maximum from top Location Fixing & Spacing
formed on framing. Refer to appropriate system detail. and bottom of sheet Field Screws at 100mm
max. centres
(but not through tracks) Recessed Screw at each stud
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets of a layer must be staggered
and as per the Fixing Edges
by a minimum of 600mm.
Specification table. Corners & Screws at 100mm
• Return to the first side Butt Joints Screws at 100mm
and appropriate clearance at the top of all layers. max. centres
and screw fix wallboard
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks. to intermediate studs at 100mm maximum from top and
• Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end bottom of sheet (but not through tracks) and as per the
facing the open side of the studs. Fixing Specification table.
First Side – Second Layer (Plasterboard)
Fixing Procedure • Apply sheets horizontally (recessed edges at right angles
to studs), leaving a 10mm max. gap between the bottom
of the sheet and the floor, and with butt joints centred on
First Side – First Layer (Wallboard) stud flanges.
• Apply sheets vertically (recessed edges centred on studs), • Press the sheet firmly against the studs and screw fix
with the bottom edge of the sheet on the floor. at 100mm max. from top and bottom of sheet (but not
• Press the sheet firmly against the studs and screw fix through tracks) and as per the Fixing Specification table.
at 100mm max. from top and bottom of sheet (but not • Place edge fasteners at 10 to 16mm from sheet edge.
through tracks) and as per the Fixing Specification table.
• Place edge fasteners at 12mm from sheet edge and that butt joints will be offset from adjacent sheets by a
50mm from all corners. minimum of one stud spacing.
Second Side – First Layer (Wallboard) Second Side – Second Layer (Plasterboard)
• Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have • Cut sheets as necessary so that butt joints in adjacent
been installed before sheeting second side. sheets and on opposite sides of the wall are staggered
• Cut the first sheet to half width so that joints on opposite on different studs.
sides of the wall are located on different studs. • Apply and fix sheets as detailed for the first side – second
• Screw fix this and subsequent full width sheets to layer.

FIRE RATED
FIG 80: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – TWO LAYER FIRE RATED – MASONRY WALL WITH FURRING CHANNEL –
HORIZONTAL SHEETING – NON-TILED OR TILED
Rondo Track or Screws Refer to Components
Angle fixed to ceiling
frame 1st LAYER – ALL AREAS
Horizontal Sheeting
One or two layers Recessed Screw at each furring
of Gyprock Edges
Fyrchek™
Plasterboard to Refer to Field, Screws at 600mm
wall framing Table Corners & max. centres
Openings
on framing max. cts
Refer to
300mm min.
Refer to Table 2nd LAYER – Horizontal Sheeting
Table
NON-TILED AREAS
Gyprock™ Resilient Field Screws at 300mm
Mounts or Furring max. centres
Anchor Clips at Sheet Width
1200mm max. from 600mm 600mm 900mm 5 Screws
tracks and 1200mm min min 1200mm 5 Screws
max. centres 1350mm 6 Screws
between Refer to
Table Recessed Screw at each furring
Edges
Rondo Furring Openings max. centres
Channel at 600mm
maximum Tiles Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
horizontal centres max. centres
Refer to Perimeter TILED AREAS up to 12.5kg/m2
details Location Fixing & Spacing
max. centres
Recessed Screw at each furring
Edges
Rondo Track or
Angle fixed to floor Corners & Screws at 150mm
max. centres
Notes On Fixing First and Second Side – Location Fixing & Spacing
Second Layer Field Screws at 100mm
• Butt joints in adjacent sheets of a layer and between layers max. centres
must be staggered by a minimum of one stud spacing. • Apply sheets horizontally
Recessed Screw at each furring
(paper bound edges at Edges
right angles to furring), Corners & Screws at 100mm
and appropriate clearance at the top of all layers. Openings max. centres
leaving a 10mm max. gap
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks. between the bottom of max. centres
• Place edge fasteners at 100mm maximum from top and the sheet and the floor. NOTE: SINGLE LAYER SYSTEM
Single layer systems using fire rated or
bottom edges, but not through tracks, and elsewhere 10 • Screw fix to each furring non-fire rated Gyprock plasterboard
are fixed to the same specifications as
to 16mm from sheet edge. along recessed edges, detailed for the 2nd layer.
• Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have beginning at the centre of
been installed before sheeting. the sheet and working towards the ends.
• Centre butt joints on furring and screw fix as per the Fixing
Fixing Procedure Specification table and staggered.
For fastener specifications refer to Components section. • Alternatively, form butt joints within 50mm of the centre
between furring. Fix with laminating screws as per the
First Side – First Layer Fixing Specification table and staggered.
• Cut the top and bottom sheets to a suitable width so that • Screw fix field of sheet, all corners and around openings
second layer recessed joints will be offset a minimum as per the Fixing Specification table.
300mm from those in the first layer.
• Apply sheets horizontally (paper bound edges at right that butt joints will be offset from adjacent sheets by a
angles to furring) and with butt joints centred on furring. minimum of one stud spacing.
• Screw fix to each furring along recessed edges, beginning • Screw fix recess edges, field of sheet, butt joints, corners
at the centre of the sheet and working towards the ends. and around openings as per the Fixing Specification table.

FIRE RATED
FIG 81: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – THREE LAYER FIRE RATED – VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL SHEETING –
NON-TILED AREAS
Fixing Specifications for – All
Layers Vertical Sheeting (shown)
SUITABLE FOR: Screws Refer to Components

Edges, max. centres on studs
Field,
Refer to Corners &
Table Openings
(on framing) max. centres
2nd Layer Fixing & Spacing
Edges & max. centres on studs
Field
Butt Joints Screws on framing or
Laminating Screws
Refer to off framing at 200mm
Table max. centres
Stagger joints between
layers and on opposite sides Corners & Screws at 300mm
of wall by one stud Openings max. centres
3rd Layer Fixing & Spacing
Offset 3rd layer joints by
300mm min from Recessed Laminating screws
previous layers Edges, at 400x400mm max.
Field, grid
Three layers of Gyprock Corners & Screws at 300mm
Fyrchek™ plasterboard Openings max.
Refer to
in accordance with Table Butt Joints Laminating screws at
system specifications Refer to 200mm max. centres
Table
Fixing Specifications for –
CSR Bradford Acoustic All Layers Horizontal Sheeting
Refer to Screws Refer to Components
Table 1st Layer Fixing & Spacing
Refer to perimeter Recessed Screws at 600mm
details Edges, max. centres on
Field, framing
Corners &
Openings
Notes On Fixing • Cut the first sheet to half (on framing) max. centres
• If butt joints are required in the first layer, they must be width so that recessed 2nd Layer Fixing & Spacing
joints on opposite sides Recessed Screws at 300mm
formed on framing and offset by 600mm min. in adjacent Edges & max. centres on studs
sheets. Refer to appropriate system detail. of the wall are offset. Field
• Offset vertical and horizontal recessed joints by 300mm • Fix sheet completely Laminating Screws
as per the Fixing off framing at 200mm
minimum between layers. max. centres
Specification table. Corners & Screws at 300mm
• Provide up to 10mm gap at the bottom of the outer layer Openings max. centres
and appropriate clearance at the top of all layers. • Return to the first side and
3rd Layer Fixing & Spacing
screw fix plasterboard to Recessed Laminating screws
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks.
intermediate studs as per Edges, at 400x400mm max.
Field, grid
• Place edge fasteners at 100mm maximum from top and the Fixing Specification
bottom edges, but not through top track, and elsewhere table. Openings max.
10 to 16mm from sheet edge. Butt Joints Laminating screws at
First Side – Second 200mm max. centres
• Where possible, sheeting should commence from the end Layer
facing the open side of the studs. • Cut the first sheet to half width so that recessed joints are
offset between layers.
Fixing Procedure • Apply sheets and screw fix as per the Fixing Specification
For fastener specifications refer to Components section. table.
First Side – First Layer Second Side – Second Layer

• Apply sheets with the bottom edge of the sheet on the • Begin with a full width sheet and screw fix as per the Fixing
floor. Vertical sheets to have recess joints centred on stud Specification table.
flanges. Horizontal sheets to have butt joints centred on Both Sides – Third Layer
stud flanges.
• Offset vertical recessed joints by one stud spacing from
• Press the sheet firmly against the studs and fix to previous layer, and offset horizontal recessed joints
Fixing Specifications table. (Do not fix vertical sheets to 300mm minimum from previous layers.
intermediate studs at this time).
• Apply sheets vertically or horizontally, leaving a 10mm
Second Side – First Layer max. gap between the bottom of the sheet and the floor,
• Ensure all electrical/plumbing/insulation materials have and screw fix as per the Fixing Specification table.

FIRE RATED
FIG 82: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – ONE, TWO OR THREE LAYER FIRE RATED – SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION WITH
ACCESS FROM ONE SIDE ONLY – VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL SHEETING – NON-TILED AREAS
ALSO SUITABLE FOR: ‘Lost’ Set joints in at Fixing Specifications for – All
studs least one layer Layers Vertical Sheeting (shown)
Alternative stud Edges, max. centres on studs
type for in-line Field,
stud framing Corners &
Openings
400mm Recessed Screws at 300mm
Edges & max. centres on studs
35 x 35 x 0.7mm Field
Refer to
angle screw fixed at Table Refer to Butt Joints Screws on framing or
400mm centres to Table Laminating Screws
each stud off framing at 200mm
max. centres
First layer Corners & Screws at 300mm
– first side Openings max. centres
Nogging as required 3rd Layer Fixing & Spacing

Recessed Laminating screws
Edges, at 400x400mm max.
Fix first side as for Refer to Refer to Field, grid
second side Table Table Corners & Screws at 300mm
Openings max.
Stagger joints between
layers and on opposite Butt Joints Laminating screws at
sides of wall by one stud 200mm max. centres
Offset 3rd layer joints Fixing Specifications for –

by 300mm min from All Layers Horizontal Sheeting
previous layers Refer to
Refer to Table Screws Refer to Components
Table
Three layers of 1st Layer Fixing & Spacing
Gyprock Fyrchek Recessed Screws at each studs
plasterboard in Edges,
accordance with
system specifications Field, Screws at 300mm
Refer to Corners & max. centres on
Table Openings framing
Refer to perimeter
details Butt Joints Screws at 200mm
Set outer
layer joints 2nd Layer Fixing & Spacing
from
accessible Recessed Screws at 300mm
side Edges & max. centres on studs
Field
Laminating Screws
• Press the sheet firmly off framing at 200mm
Notes On Fixing max. centres
• For one layer and two layer systems refer to fixing against the studs and fix Corners & Screws at 300mm
instructions appropriate for the number of layers used. to Fixing Specifications Openings max. centres
table. 3rd Layer Fixing & Spacing
• Offset vertical and in horizontal recessed joints by 300mm Recessed Laminating screws
minimum between layers. Second Layer Edges, at 400x400mm max.
Field, grid
• Cut the first sheet so that Corners & Screws at 300mm
• Provide up to 10mm gap at the bottom of the outer layer Openings max.
joints in the second layer
and appropriate clearance at the top of all layers. Butt Joints Laminating screws at
do not align with joints in 200mm max. centres
• Do not fix sheets to the top tracks. the first layer.
• Place edge fasteners at 100mm maximum from top and • Apply sheets vertically or horizontally and fix to Fixing
bottom edges, but not through top track, and elsewhere Specifications table.
10 to 16mm from sheet edge.
Third Layer
• Offset all joints by 300mm minimum from previous layer.
• Apply sheets vertically or horizontally, leaving a 10mm
max. gap between the bottom of the sheet and the floor,
Fixing Procedure and fix to Fixing Specifications table.
Install wall framing (head and base tracks, studs and
Install framing (head and base tracks, and lost studs) and steel angle). Fix angle to lost studs and wall studs at
fix to supporting structure. 400mm centres maximum.
First Layer All Layers
• Apply sheets with the bottom edge of the sheet on the • Install plasterboard same as previous instructions.
floor. Vertical sheets to have recess joints centred on stud
flanges. Horizontal sheets to have butt joints centred on
stud flanges.

FIRE RATED
FRAMING
COLUMN Metal angle must be fixed to the base and soffit or ceiling
ENCASEMENT framing at 600mm maximum centres and at 100mm
maximum from each end, and aligned to provide a framework
SYSTEMS for plasterboard fixing.
Gyprock Universal Encasement Clips are friction fitted to the
remaining column flanges at 800mm maximum centres and
Introduction 150mm maximum from each end of the steel column.
CSR Gyprock has developed a series of plasterboard Wall Furring Track (Rondo Nº140) is held in the back tongue
encasement systems which provide up to 120 minutes fire of the clip to form a steel framework for plasterboard
resistance for structural columns. attachment. Refer to FIG 83 and FIG 84.
Rondo Nº140 track is used in other locations to form
Applications noggings and backing for sealant.
Gyprock systems are available for encasement of columns
made from steel or concrete.
FIG 84: COLUMN TO WALL JUNCTION – PLAN VIEW
Caulking Metal Angle fixed to soffit at
600mm maximum centres and
100mm maximum from each end
with Gyprock Fire Mastic or CSR FireSeal.
Finishing 6-20mm gap
Fix External Angle Bead and set all external angles. Set all Caulk all gaps
with Gyprock fire
internal angles. refer to the Jointing & Finishing section of rated mastic
this guide.
Gyprock
Universal
Encasement Clips
Steel Column Encasement
Rondo Wall Furring
Systems Track clipped along
flanges of beam
UNIVERSAL ENCASEMENT CLIP Each layer of

Gyprock Fyrchek
The Gyprock Universal Encasement Clip is manufactured plasterboard fixed at
200mm maximum
from 1mm galvanised steel, and has been designed to suit centres to all
common steel flange thicknesses between 6 and 28mm. framing
The clip slides onto the steel column flange and holds in
place via integral punched grips. Rondo Nº140 Wall Track is
held in the back tongue to form framework for plasterboard
fixing. Refer to FIG 83 and FIG 84.
FIG 85: HEAD/BASE DETAIL – FIXED TO FURRING
FIG 83: GYPROCK UNIVERSAL ENCASEMENT CLIP Soffit slab
100mm
max. to 6-10mm gap
first
fastener. RSJ or
I-BEAM Continuously fill
Rondo Wall Steel Beam P140 track steel gap with Gyprock
Furring Track over ends and column fire rated mastic
Nº140 held in fixed to face of to depth of first
back tongue of vertical P140 layer minimum
Universal Clip framing to form
backing for Gyprock Fyrchek
sealant plasterboard
Gyprock 1 or 2 layers
Universal
Encasement Continuously fill
Clip gap with Gyprock
fire rated mastic
10mm
max. gap
Floor slab

FIRE RATED
PLASTERBOARD FIXING FIG 86: PLASTERBOARD FIXING TO STEEL COLUMN

Where the width of plasterboard sheet is
Gyprock™ Universal
greater than 600mm, additional nogging Encasement Clips at
support must be installed at 600mm maximum 800mm maximum centres
along column flanges and
centres along the column. 150mm maximum from
each end of column
Cut flanges of (Nº140) track appropriately to
form nogging and screw fix each end to the
adjacent longitudinal tracks.
Gyprock Fyrchek plasterboard must be screw
fixed to all furring and nogging track at 200mm
maximum horizontal and vertical centres.
Fix subsequent layer(s) of plasterboard to
Rondo Wall Furring
the same specifications. Ensure plasterboard Track held in back
layers provide a zig-zag joint at all corners. tongue of Gyprock™
Universal Encasement
Clips Screw fix each
Provide a 6-10mm gap between sheet ends layer at 200mm
and abutting walls/ceilings/floors. maximum centres
to all steel framing
Butt joints in consecutive layers of plasterboard
must be staggered a minimum of 300mm. Fix
each layer to the adjacent layer along all butt
Offset Butt Joints in
joint edges using Gyprock Laminating Screws consecutive layers by
at 200mm maximum centres. 300mm minimum
Fasten at butt joints 200mm max.

CAULKING with laminating screws
at 200mm max centres
All gaps at head, base and at junctions with
other structures must be filled with Gyprock Apply External Angle
Bead to all corners and
fire rated sealant to the depth of the first layer set
minimum. Refer to FIG 84, FIG 85 and FIG 88
FIG 87: FIXING TO STEEL HOLLOW SECTION (RHS/SHS) FIG 88: HEAD/BASE DETAIL – FIXED TO RHS/SHS
Apply External
Corner Bead and Soffit slab
set all corners
Rondo Track 100mm

fixed to column RHS/SHS max. to
Steel Column 6-10mm gap
at ends and first
800mm max. fastener.
centres RHS Continuously fill
18mm steel gap with Gyprock
Each layer of P140 track column fire rated mastic
Gyprock Fyrchek over ends and to depth of first
plasterboard fixed at fixed to face of layer minimum
200mm maximum vertical P140
centres to all framing to form
framing backing for Gyprock Fyrchek
sealant plasterboard
1 or 2 layers
Continuously fill
gap with Gyprock
fire rated mastic
10mm
max. gap
Floor slab

FIRE RATED
Concrete Column Encasement Systems

PLASTERBOARD FIXED TO STEEL FURRING FIG 91: HEAD/BASE DETAIL – FIXED TO FURRING
• Fix Anchor Clip Nº237 with metal fasteners at 100mm
max. from each end and 1200mm max. vertical centres Soffit slab
along column and at 600mm maximum horizontal centres.
100mm
Fit Furring Channel Nº308. max. to 6-10mm gap
first Reinforced
• Alternatively centre fix batten Nº333 at 600mm max. fastener. concrete
column Continuously fill
centres. gap with Gyprock
P142 track fire rated mastic
• Offset butt joints in consecutive layers by 300mm over ends of to depth of first
#308 furring layer minimum
minimum. and fixed to
face of framing
• Fix Gyprock Fyrchek plasterboard at 200mm maximum to form backing Gyprock Fyrchek
for sealant plasterboard
centres to all framing. 1 or 2 layers
Continuously fill
FIG 89: PLASTERBOARD FIXED TO STEEL FURRING gap with Gyprock
fire rated mastic
Track cut and fixed to 10mm
Gyprock Fyrchek™ fixed to furring channels at top max. gap
furring channel at 200mm and bottom of column
max. centres
Floor slab
Anchor Clips
Nº237 at
1200mm
maximum
vertical centres
and Nº308
Furring PLASTERBOARD DIRECT FIXED TO CONCRETE
Channel at
600mm Gyprock Fyrchek may be direct fixed to a concrete column
maximum
horizontal with Tapcon 10g screws (or equivalent) at 400 x 400mm
centres or
Centre Fix max. horizontal and vertical centres.
Batten Nº333
directly fixed at
600mm FIG 92: PLASTERBOARD DIRECT FIXED TO CONCRETE
maximum
horizontal Screw fix each layer
centres at 200mm
maximum centres
Offset Butt to steel framing Fix External Angle
Joints in Bead and set all
consecutive external angles
layers by
300mm
minimum
Fasten at Steel reinforced

butt joints with 200mm max. concrete column
laminating
screws at Direct fix each layer of
200mm max Gyprock Fyrchek
centres plasterboard with Tapcon™
10g screws (or equivalent)
Apply at 400 x 400mm max.
External horizontal and vertical
Angle centres
Bead to
all
corners
and set
FIG 90: PLASTERBOARD FIXED TO STEEL FURRING

FIG 93: HEAD/BASE DETAIL – DIRECT FIXED
Soffit slab
100mm
Anchor Clip Nº237 Fix External Angle max. to
fixed with metal 6-10mm gap
Bead and set all first
fasteners at 100mm external angles fastener.
max. from each end
and 1200mm max. Continuously fill
vertical centres gap with Gyprock
Reinforced fire rated mastic to
concrete depth of first layer
Gyprock Fyrchek column minimum
plasterboard fixed
at 200mm
maximum centres Gyprock Fyrchek
to all framing plasterboard
Steel reinforced 1 or 2 layers
concrete column
Continuously fill
gap with Gyprock
Furring Channel fire rated mastic to
10mm depth of first layer
Nº308 or Centre max. gap
Fix Batten Nº333 minimum
at 600mm max.
50mm 600mm max. centres Floor slab
max.

FIRE RATED
JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – FIRE RATED

Wall Perimeter Details
Wall/ceiling junction details require engineer’s approval where seismic loads apply.
These details are suitable for Gyprock fire grade plasterboards, and are also suitable for non-fire rated applications and
where acoustic integrity is required. For further information on services penetrations of walls, floors and ceilings refer to the
Specification C3.15 of the Building Code of Australia (BCA).
FIG 94: FRICTION FIT HEAD FIG 97: WALL/CEILING JUNCTION

(Maintains the FRL of the wall system in which it is installed). (Maintains the FRL of the wall system in which it is installed).
Furring Channel
over wall Suspended Ceiling
Top Cross Rail
100mm max. to 6 – 10mm

first fastener. Do clearance to
not fix through plasterboard
head track
Continuously fill gap 10mm gap 6mm max. gap
with Gyprock fire rated
mastic to depth of first Continuously fill Tape and set if
layer minimum gap with Gyprock required
Stud
15mm Track section with fire rated mastic
clear 32mm flange fastened 1, 2 or 3 layers
of to ceiling at 600mm Rondo P50 Gyprock
NOTE: Junction may soffit maximum centres
be finished square, Fyrchek
with stopping bead or 2 or 3 layers plasterboard
Gyprock Stud
with cornice. Do not Gyprock Fyrchek
rigidly fix cornice to Fyrchek
walls where friction 1, 2 or 3 layers
joints are used
FIG 95: DEFLECTION HEAD FIG 98: WALL BASE DETAIL

100mm max. to 20mm max.

first fastener. Do clearance to stud
and plasterboard Metal track fixings at
not fix through 600mm max. centres.
head track Stud Gyprock
With 150mm width track, Fyrchek
Continuously fill gap use 2 fixings plasterboard
with Gyprock fire approximately 20mm in
rated mastic to depth from each side of track Studs bottomed
NOTE: Stopping bead of first layer minimum
or cornice finish as in track
required. Do not rigidly Deflection Head Track
fastened to ceiling at Continuously fill
fix cornice to walls gap with Gyprock
where friction joints are Stud 600mm maximum 10mm max.
centres fire rated mastic gap at bottom
used
of outer sheet
Gyprock Fyrchek
plasterboard
FIG 99: TRACK FIXING DETAIL
FIG 96: WALL/CEILING JUNCTION

(Maintains the FRL of the wall system in which it is installed).
6-10mm gap 6-10mm gap
Continuously fill Continuously fill gap

gap with Gyprock with Gyprock fire
res
fire rated mastic rated mastic to depth ent
of first layer minimum ax. c
mmm
Backing Rod 1, 2 or 3 layers 600
2 or 3 layers Gyprock
Fyrchek res
Gyprock Stud ent
Fyrchek plasterboard ax. c
m mm
plasterboard 600
100mm max. from

fastener to end of track

FIRE RATED
FIG 100: HEAD/BASE – STUDS LINED ONE SIDE ONLY FIG 103: HEAD/BASE DETAIL – STAGGERED STUD
WITH ADDITIONAL NOGGING NEAR TOP OF WALL WITH P140 SPACER
Continuously fill gap Track section with
with Gyprock fire rated 32mm flange fastened
mastic to depth of to ceiling at 600mm
outer layer minimum maximum centres
100mm max. 15mm
Continuously fill gap

with Gyprock fire
rated mastic to depth
of first layer minimum
100mm 100mm
max. to max. Stud 15mm
Nogging clear of soffit Staggered
track studs
Nº8 Tek
Gyprock screw one NOTE: Wall/ceiling
Fyrchek side only junction may be
plasterboard finished square, with Gyprock Fyrchek
1, 2 or 3 layers Nogging track if stopping bead or with plasterboard
required, refer to Stud cornice.
NOTE: Junction may Selection Tables
be finished square,
with stopping bead or
with cornice. Do not Nº8 Tek
rigidly fix cornice to screw both
walls where friction sides
joints are used
Rondo P140 track

100mm nominal
length fixed to stud
FIG 101: RECESSED SKIRTING DETAIL – Caulk 10mm max.

gap under outer
FRL 120/120/120 plasterboard layer
100mm max. to with Gyprock fire
first fastener rated mastic
16mm Gyprock 16mm Gyprock
Fyrchek Fyrchek plasterboard
plasterboard
Stud
Stopping bead
and set finish
1.0mm steel strip
FIG 104: HEAD/BASE DETAIL – STAGGERED STUD
with 50mm min. WITH GYPROCK STAGGERED STUD CLIP
overlap
Neat butt joint
Rebate 10mm Steel track fixed to soffit
wide max. x 6mm
9mm CeminSeal 400mm deep max.
Wallboard max.
12mm MDF skirting
with 1.0mm steel strip 100mm max. 15mm
Continuously fill gap behind. Separately fix
with Gyprock fire skirting and steel with
rated mastic two screws per stud Continuously fill gap
with Gyprock fire
Gyprock rated mastic to depth
Staggered of first layer minimum
Stud Clip
Staggered
stud profiles
FIG 102: RECESSED SKIRTING DETAIL – FRL 90/90/90
NOTE: Wall/ceiling
16mm Gyprock 16mm Gyprock junction may be
Fyrchek plasterboard Fyrchek plasterboard finished square, with
stopping bead or with Gyprock Fyrchek
cornice. plasterboard
13mm Gyprock 13mm Gyprock
Fyrchek plasterboard Fyrchek plasterboard
Stud Staggered
Stopping bead stud profiles
and set finish bottomed in
track/angle
1.0mm steel strip
with 50mm min.
overlap
Neat butt joint
Rebate 12mm
wide max. x 5mm Gyprock
6mm CeminSeal 400mm deep max. Staggered
Wallboard max. stud clip
12mm MDF skirting
with 1.0mm steel strip
Continuously fill gap behind. Separately fix 100mm max. to Continuously fill gap
with Gyprock fire skirting and steel with first fastener. with Gyprock fire
rated mastic two screws per stud rated mastic

FIRE RATED
Wall/Wall Junction Details

Wall/wall junction details require engineer’s approval where seismic loads apply.
These details are suitable for Gyprock fire grade plasterboards, and are also suitable for non-fire rated applications and where
acoustic integrity is required.
FIG 105: CORNER DETAIL – FIG 107: WALL END DETAIL – PLASTERBOARD WALL TO
PLASTERBOARD TO PLASTERBOARD WALLS GLAZING MULLION
Set corner with external angle
bead and cement Extent of FRL
Screw fix studs

at 600mm max.
vertical centres Track
100mm max. Set corner with Gyprock Fyrchek™ Stud Bottom track Set corners
to first track paper tape and plasterboard fastened to floor
fixing cement with metal fasteners
Gyprock Fyrchek™ FIG 108: JUNCTION DETAIL – PLASTERBOARD TO

Fix at 600mm plasterboard MASONRY WALL
max. centres (Maintains the FRL of the wall system in which it is installed).
along track
Caulk gap with Gyprock
Steel track fire rated mastic equal to
fixings thickness of 1st layer of
plasterboard minimum
Track Gyprock Fyrchek™
plasterboard
Fix end stud to masonry at 6-20mm
500mm maximum vertical
centres
FIG 106: JUNCTION DETAIL –

PLASTERBOARD TO PLASTERBOARD WALLS
Track
Stud at wall Fix studs at 600mm
intersection max. vertical centres
Track fixing 100mm Metal track 100mm max.

Track max. from wall fixings
intersection
100mm max.
Set corners with FIG 109: JUNCTION DETAIL – ANGLED WALL
paper tape and
to first track cement
fixing
.
ax
Track
m
m
0m
10
Gyprock Fyrchek™
Fix at 600mm plasterboard Set corner with
max. centres external angle
along track bead and cement
Track
Metal track Steel track
fixings fixings
Provide full height

sheet support when Set corner with
wall angle changes internal angle
by more than 25 bead and cement
Track
Gyprock Fyrchek™
plasterboard

FIRE RATED
FIG 110: JUNCTION DETAIL – ‘LOST” STUD PLASTERBOARD WALL LINED BOTH SIDES TO MASONRY WALL –
1, 2 OR 3 LAYERS PLASTERBOARD
SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATIONS WITH ACCESS FROM ONE SIDE ONLY.
Backing rod Caulk gap with Gyprock™

(non-fire rated Fire Mastic equal to
in 2 and 3 layer thickness of 1 layer of
systems) plasterboard minimum
Existing framing or
Track leaf installed first
Metal track
fixings
Track
6-20mm
1, 2 or 3 layers of 35 x 35 x 0.8mm steel
Gyprock Fyrchek™ angle screw fixed at
100mm max. plasterboard 400mm centres to
each stud
Fix end stud to masonry at
500mm maximum vertical
centres
FIG 111: JUNCTION DETAIL – ‘LOST” STUD PLASTERBOARD WALL LINED ONE SIDE TO MASONRY WALL –
1, 2 OR 3 LAYERS PLASTERBOARD
SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATIONS WITH ACCESS FROM ONE SIDE ONLY.
Backing rod Caulk gap with Gyprock™

(non-fire rated Fire Mastic equal to
in 2 and 3 layer thickness of 1 layer of
systems) plasterboard minimum
Existing framing or
Track leaf installed first
Metal track
fixings
Track
6-20mm
100mm max.
1, 2 or 3 layers of 35 x 35 x 0.8mm steel

Fix end stud to masonry at Gyprock Fyrchek™ angle screw fixed at
500mm maximum vertical plasterboard 400mm centres to
centres each stud

FIRE RATED
FIG 112: STAGGERED STEEL STUD LAYOUT FIG 115: WALL/WALL JUNCTION – STAGGERED STUD
WALL TO MASONRY WALL
64 mm x 0.75mm
BMT Steel stud Finish corners
as required
Gyprock™
Plasterboard
92 mm Stud
Attach with
plasterboard
laminating screws at
600 mm centres
Gyprock™ Fire Mastic to

depth of first layer minimum
Gyprock™
Staggered Studs Wall track fixed to
and Clips masonry at 600mm
max. centres
FIG 113: WALL JUNCTION AND DOOR JAMB –

FIG 116: STAGGERED STUD INSULATION WEAVING
STAGGERED STUDS
Staggered stud and Gyprock Fyrcheck™

staggered stud clip plasterboard
Fire rated door
jamb
Gyprock™
Plasterboard
Stagged Steel Studs
Bradford insulation woven

between studs (50mm max.
92 x 0.75mm BMT thickness glasswool or 70mm
Steel Stud Rondo P25 max. thickness polyester batts)
Gyprock™ Fire stopping angle
Mastic
Fix stud at 100mm max.
from top and bottom and at
500mm max centres
FIG 114: WALL/WALL JUNCTION – STAGGERED STUDS

Stud frame wall system with min.
75mm Bradford Gold™ batts
FIG 117: STAGGERED STUD INSULATION CUT AND FIT

Steel Angle (75 x 75 x
0.7mm BMT) fixed to
stud with panhead screw
at 600mm max. cts
Gyprock™
plasterboard
Gyprock™
Plasterboard
Stagged Steel Studs
Bradford insulation cut

Tape and to fit between studs
set corners
Gyprock™
Staggered Studs
and Clips

FIRE RATED
Control Joints
acoustic integrity is required.
FIG 118: CONTROL JOINT FIG 121: CONTROL JOINT FOR MASONRY WALL –
FOR SINGLE LAYER STUD WALL SYSTEMS DIRECT FIX PLASTERBOARD
Gyprock fire rated mastic 1 x 13 or 16mm
16mm Gyprock (depth 15mm min.) Gyprock Fyrchek™
Fyrchek plasterboard plasterboard
Gyprock™
Fire Mastic
15mm min. 15mm min.

RONDO P35 Stud in
Control Joint normal Backing Rod Optional RONDO P35
or alternative position non fire rated Control Joint or alternative Backing Rod
22mm dia. non-fire rated
22mm dia.
Additional stud to Tracks discontinuous

at control joint Masonry wall Masonry
form control joint discontinuous
Gyprock™ Fire at control joint
15mm min.
Mastic/FB1
20mm min.
13mm
Finish surface Gyprock Fyrchek
as per external angles 15-20mm
gap plasterboard
Finish surface 2 x 13 or 16mm
as per external angles 15-20mm gap Gyprock Fyrchek™
plasterboard
FIG 119: CONTROL JOINT
FOR DOUBLE LAYER STUD WALL SYSTEMS
(Maintains the FRL of the wall system in which it is installed) FIG 122: CONTROL JOINT FOR MASONRY WALL –
2 x 16mm Gyprock™ Fire
PLASTERBOARD ON FURRING CHANNEL
Gyprock Fyrchek™ Mastic (depth 20mm (Maintains the FRL of the wall system in which it is installed).
plasterboard min.)
Gyprock™ Fire Mastic
(min. 15mm depth with 1 layer) or
(min. 20mm depth with 2 layers)
Optional RONDO P35 Control
Joint finished as per external 25x25mm steel angle
20mm min. angles or alternative riveted to Nº308
furring channel or
30x30mm steel angle
Stud in 1 or 2 layers x 13/16mm riveted to Nº129
RONDO P35 Gyprock Fyrchek™
Control Joint normal Backing Rod furring channel
position plasterboard
or alternative non fire rated
22mm dia.
Additional stud to Tracks

form control joint discontinuous
at control joint
Masonry wall
20mm min. discontinuous Backing Rod
at control joint non-fire rated
22mm dia.
2 x 13mm 15-20mm gap

Finish surface Gyprock Fyrchek™
as per external angles 15-20mm gap plasterboard
FIG 120: CONTROL JOINT FOR COMPOSITE WALL

SYSTEMS – FIRST LAYER WALLBOARD
(Maintains FRL of the wall system in which it is installed).
Gyprock Sealant (full
Stud in normal depth of wall lining
position materials)
1 or 2 layers x 13/16mm 25x25mm steel angle

Additional stud to Gyprock Fyrchek™ riveted to Nº308
IBS Rod 22mm dia. form control joint plasterboard furring channel or
30x30mm steel angle
Gyprock™ Fire Mastic riveted to Nº129
(min. 15mm depth with 1 layer) or furring channel
Backing Rod 22mm dia. (min. 20mm depth with 2 layers)
non fire rated Tracks discontinuous
at control joint Optional RONDO
P35 Control Joint
13 or 16mm Gyprock CeminSeal™

Fyrchek plasterboard 10mm Wallboard
Gyprock Fire Mastic
(full depth of wall lining
materials)

FIRE RATED
Wall Penetrations
where acoustic integrity is required.
FIG 123: COPPER PIPE PENETRATION FIG 126: COPPER PIPE PENETRATION
(Up to FRL –/90/–. Appraisal: FCO 3050 (Up to FRL –/120/–. Appraisal: FCO 3050
Gyprock Fyrchek Where lining

wall system Copper pipe has only 1
200mm dia. layer, provide
400 x 400mm
min. panel of
Gap 24mm equal material
Fill gap with fire
rated mastic to existing
system. Fix
with laminating
Fill gap with fire screws at
rated mastic Gap 24mm
200mm max.
centres.
Fillet 25mm
Fillet
Suitable for steel or timber stud wall systems: 25mm Copper pipe
200mm dia.
400mm 1 or 2 layer
min. Gyprock
Fyrchek
wall system
FIG 124: METAL PIPE PENETRATION
(Up to FRL –/120/30. Appraisal: FCO 3050
Suitable for steel or timber stud wall systems:
Gyprock Fyrchek Copper pipe
wall system 200mm dia.
Gap 24mm
Fill gap with fire
rated mastic FIG 127: TYPICAL PVC PIPE PENETRATION
Refer to manufacturer for assessment number and installation details.
Gyprock™
Plasterboard
wall with
required fire
rating
Fillet 25mm
PVC pipe
Proprietary
Fire Collar
FIG 125: COPPER PIPE PENETRATION
(Up to FRL –/120/–. Appraisal: FCO 3050 FIG 128: TYPICAL PVC PIPE PENETRATION
RETROFIT FIRE COLLAR
Fill gap with fire Refer to manufacturer for assessment number and installation details.
rated mastic
Fire rated wall
to system
Copper pipe specification
200mm dia.
Fire rated
Gap 24mm sealant as per
system PVC Pipe
specification
Service
Shaft
Side
Fillet 25mm PROMAT™ PROMAT™

Fyre Collar Fyre Collar
fixed to fixed to
support support
Gyprock fire framing framing
rated wall system

FIRE RATED
FIG 129: PENETRATION DETAIL – FIG 130: PENETRATION DETAIL –

200mm Ø METAL PIPE 50 TO 400mm FROM WALL/ 200mm Ø METAL PIPE 50 TO 400mm FROM WALL/
SOFFIT JUNCTION SOFFIT JUNCTION
(Maintains system FRL) Appraisal: FCO 3050 FIG 131: (Maintains system FRL) Appraisal: FCO 3050
Gyprock fire rated Gyprock fire rated

mastic at head of mastic at head of
system sheets Wall or Soffit 6-20mm 6-20mm system sheets Wall or Soffit 6-20mm
6-20mm
Cut and Cut and

remove remove
clearance slot clearance slot
from system from system
sheets to allow sheets to allow
installation 50-400mm installation of 200mm
from below plasterboard min.
Fill gaps with from below Fill gaps with
Gyprock fire Gyprock fire
Align joints rated mastic rated mastic
closely or fill
gaps up to
3mm with
plaster or
Gyprock fire
rated mastic 400mm min.
Cover panels Cover panel
of equal of equal
material to material to Laminating screws at
existing wall existing wall 200mm max. centres,
system. Fix 200mm min system 15-25mm from edges
with laminating (but not through top
screws at track)
200mm max.
centres
400mm min.
Laminating screws at 200mm

max. centres, 15-25mm from
edges (but not through top track)
Locally remove track flanges

around penetration to max.
25mm each side of pipe
Fill gap with
Fill gaps with Gyprock fire
Gyprock fire rated rated mastic
mastic to min. 6-20mm to min. 26mm 6-20mm
13mm depth depth
Cut and
remove 200mm Ø metal pipe
clearance slot
from system
sheets to allow 24mm gap
installation 50-400mm
from below Cut and
Fill gaps with remove
Gyprock fire clearance slot
rated mastic from system 200mm
to 26mm sheets to allow min.
minimum installation of
depth plasterboard
from below
200mm Ø metal pipe

Cover panel of
24mm gap equal material to
Cover panels existing wall system.
of equal Fix with laminating
material to screws at 200mm
existing wall max. centres.
system. Fix 200mm min.
with laminating
screws at 2 layer Gyprock 1 layer Gyprock
200mm max. fire rated wall fire rated wall
centres systems systems
1 layer Gyprock
fire rated wall
systems
2 layer Gyprock
fire rated wall
systems

FIRE RATED
FIG 132: CABLE TRAY AND CABLES FIG 134: CABLING PENETRATION
FRL – /120/120. Refer to Promat for appraisal and installation FRL – /120/–. Appraisal: FCO 3050
details.
Where wall
system has only
one layer of
Gyprock Fyrchek,
provide extra 400
x 400mm min.
panel of equal
Gyprock thickness to
Fyrchek™ Electrical existing system
Cables and fix with
Cable laminating screws
Tray Fillet at 200mm max.
10mm centres
400mm
min.
Hole
55mm
Insulated cables
Fill gap with 2 x 3 core
Promaseal AN
3mm minimum fire rated
IBS™ strips mastic
thickness and 50 x 19mm
30mm overlap on
board face Gyprock
Fyrchek
wall system
16mm 16mm 16mm 16mm 1 or 2 layer
each side
Promaseal AN overlapping face

of board minimum 30mm around Fill all gaps with
penetration Promaseal AN
FIG 135: CABLING PENETRATION

(Up to FRL –/120/120. Appraisal: FCO 3050
Fillet
10mm
Insulated cables
2 x 3 core
Hole
55mm
Fill gap with

fire rated
Gyprock mastic
Fyrchek IBS™ strips
wall lining Cable Tray 50 x 19mm
Gyprock
Fyrchek
wall system
FIG 133: CABLING PENETRATION

(Up to FRL –/90/–. Appraisal: FCO 3050
Fillet
13mm
Insulated cables
2 x 3 core
Hole
55mm
Fill gap with

fire rated
mastic
Gyprock
Fyrchek
wall system

FIRE RATED
Fire Dampers
FIG 136 detail is suitable for dampers rated up to FRL –/120/–. Duct weight must not be supported by the wall. For full
specifications and installation details, refer to the appropriate damper manufacturer.
FIG 136: INSTALLATION DETAIL FOR FIRE DAMPER IN STUD WALL SYSTEM –
Appraisal: CSIRO FCO 2106 (PROMAT).
Boxed studs
Deflection Head
Track fixed to studs
Promaseal IBS™ backing

rod 20% larger diameter
than gap (gap 15-30mm).
Promaseal Acrylic Mastic
over (5mm min. depth)
Caulk between
plasterboard and
Mechanical fire damper body sides
damper tested and with Promaseal
approved for Acrylic Mastic 5mm
AS1530.4 min. depth
1 or 2 layers
Gyprock
Fyrchek™
Plasterboard as
per FRL
Damper seal angles

75 x 50 x 1.2mm MS
Boxed studs
Deflection Head
Track fixed to studs
FIG 137: INSTALLATION DETAIL FOR TYPICAL INTUMESCENT FIRE DAMPER

Refer to manufacturer for assessment number and installation details.
Steel studs
at 600mm
centres
Rondo angles
mechanically
fixed to studs
Gyprock
Fyrchek™
plasterboard Steel studs at
600mm centres
Proprietary
intumescent
damper
Spigot to terminate
with break joint
Perimeter gaps sealed
Steel studs
at 600mm
centres

FIRE RATED
Attachments & Access Panels
FIG 139: HANDRAIL ATTACHMENT

Wall Studs
Timber
support
plate
Wafer head Gyprock Fyrchek™ lining

screw to system requirements
Fix with max. 10g Hand rail or similar light

screws to timber weight attachment
support plate
FIG 138: HANDRAIL ATTACHMENT

– ALTERNATIVE METHOD
Wall Studs
Rondo Nogging
Timber Bracket No.501
support
plate
Wafer head Gyprock Fyrchek™ lining

screw to system requirements
Fix with max. 10g Hand rail or similar light

screws to timber weight attachment
support plate
FIG 140: ACCESS PANEL IN WALL
Fire rated access

panel installed to
manufacturer’s
Wall studs and noggings details
around cutout
One layer 16mm Gyprock

Fyrchek™ fixed to studs
and noggings around
cutout
Gyprock Fyrchek™
fixed to studs and
noggings around cutout Set over stopping bead
at 150mm maximum around opening
centres

WET AREA LINING SYSTEMS
CSR Gyprock has developed waterproof systems for wet The Building Code of Australia states that wet areas in
areas based on AS3740, the Australian waterproofing Class 2, 3 & 4 buildings are to comply with with Australian
standard. The systems use a range of moisture resistant Standard AS3740 – Waterproofing of Domestic Wet Areas.
plasterboards including Gyprock Aquachek, Fyrchek MR, A similar requirement applies for areas of Class 5, 6, 7, 8 and
EC08 Aqua, EC08 Impact MR, and EC08 Complete. 9 buildings. Some states have additional requirements that
are not included in this manual.
Wet areas are defined as areas within a building that are
supplied with water. They include bathrooms, showers,
laundries and toilets, and exclude kitchens, bars and other
food preparation areas. The BCA specifies which walls,
floors, junctions and penetrations are to be treated as
waterproof or water resistant, and the Standard details the
requirements for these treatments.
This manual considers the treatment of walls and wall/floor
junctions in these areas.

DESCRIPTION Fasteners
Tiled areas of non-fire rated walls and all fire rated walls
The development of Gyprock Wet Area Lining Systems and must be all fastener fixed, adhesive and fastener fixing is
the recommendations contained in this publication have not permitted.
evolved from years of extensive research conducted by
CSR Building Materials Research Centre and the Building Refer to details in the ‘Components’ section at the beginning
Research Centre of the University of New South Wales, and of the ‘Wall Systems’ section in this guide.
meet or exceed the requirements of AS3740.
Jointing Materials
PROTECTION FOR WET AREA WALLS IN
SHOWERS • Gyprock Wet Area Base Coat.
a) In an enclosed shower, the walls up to 1800mm high to be • Gyprock Paper Joint Reinforcing Tape.
water resistant. Internal and external corners to 1800mm • Gyprock finishing compounds (non-tiled areas only)
high, and wall to floor junctions within the enclosure, to Gyprock Wet Area Base Coat is recommended for all set
be waterproof. sheet joints of walls required to be waterproof or water
b) In an unenclosed shower, as for an enclosed shower but resistant. Refer to the ‘Jointing & Finishing’ section of this
extending to 1500mm (horizontal projection) from the guide for detailed information.
shower rose. Where sheets are to be a substrate for tiling, set corners with
c) In a shower-over-bath situation, as for unenclosed shower paper tape and two coats of Wet Area Base Coat. Cover all
except wall requirement may terminate at a suitable fixed fastener heads with Wet Area Base Coat.
shower screen. Horizontal surfaces supporting baths to Joints in non-tiled areas (that are not designated wet areas)
be waterproof. may be finished with Gyprock finishing compounds.
Refer to details in the following section.
Flexible Sealant
PROTECTION FOR WET AREA WALLS OUTSIDE
SHOWERS Gyprock Wet Area Acrylic Sealant is used to seal the edge
a) Wall to floor junctions to be waterproof. of the Gyprock plasterboards against other surfaces such
as a preformed shower base or bath and around plumbing
b) The wall 150mm above a bath and any fixed vessel such fixtures. Wet Area Acrylic Sealant may be painted if required
as a basin, sink, or tub if it is within 75mm of the wall, to after it is fully cured.
be water resistant.
In fire rated systems where caulking is indicated, a fire-rated
Refer to details in the following section. sealant such as Gyprock Fire Mastic or CSR FireSeal must
For walls required to be waterproof or water resistant, be used. Where specified for joints designed for significant
tiles and a waterproof membrane are recommended over movement, CSR FireSeal may be used. Both products are
Gyprock water resistant plasterboards. also recommended for caulking acoustic systems.
There are no requirements for treatment to ceilings of wet
areas. Ceilings may be lined with Aquachek or other Gyprock Waterproof Membrane*
plasterboards as for other areas of the building.
A proprietary impervious barrier assessed and classified in
accordance with AS4858.
COMPONENTS Bond Breaker
Tape used at wall to floor junctions and movement joints and
Gyprock Moisture Resistant compatible with the proprietary membrane.
Plasterboards
CSR Gyprock manufactures a number of moisture resistant Vertical Corner Flashing
plasterboards to cater for specific application requirements.
• External Vertical Flashing Angle: Zinc coated steel or PVC
Refer to detailed information in the ‘Components’ section at
angle 50 x 50mm. For use with external shower trays.
the beginning of Wall Systems in this guide. Please contact
your CSR Gyprock Sales Office in your region for details of • Internal Vertical Flashing*: A liquid applied membrane
stock sheet lengths, widths and thicknesses available. assessed and classified in accordance with AS4858, for
use with internal shower trays.
Details in this section are based on the use of Gyprock
Aquachek, and are suitable for use with all Gyprock moisture
resistant plasterboards. Perimeter Flashing
Where Cemintel Wallboard is to be used, additional • Vertical Corner Flashing Angle: Zinc coated steel or PVC
information is available in FC101 Cemintel Wet Area Systems angle 50 x 50mm. For use in shower areas.
installation guide. • Perimeter Flashing Angle: Zinc coated steel or PVC angle
75 x 50mm.
• Perimeter Flashing for Step-Down Slab: Such as Hypalon
Flashing Strip* 130mm width.

• Proprietary Insitu Membranes*: Such A proprietary Tiling

impervious barrier assessed and classified in accordance
with AS4858. All tiling must be installed in accordance with the requirements
of AS3958 part 1. Additional information on tiling may be
NOTE: * Products supplied by others.
obtained from the BRANZ publication ‘Good Tiling Practice’.
Where a waterproof membrane is used, ceramic tiles are
recommended. A tile adhesive that is compatible with the
membrane must be used and comply with AS4992 – ceramic
tiles – grouts and adhesives.

FRAMING CONSTRUCTION
PREPARATION DETAILS – NON-FIRE
Ensure that all framing members to receive sheeting are
plumb and true in accordance with the chosen Level of
RATED
Finish, and studs are spaced at a maximum 600mm centres.
Provide noggings at 25mm above bath, purpose made
Preformed Shower Base
shower base or sink/tub to support edges of plasterboard. A preformed shower base has the advantage of being easy
Provide suitable noggings to support the bath and other to install over floors of timber, compressed fibre cement
fixtures such as soap holders and towel rails. sheet and concrete slabs, as well as ensuring that the wall
linings are kept clear of any free water likely to accumulate
For non-fire rated walls, framing around bath enclosures on the shower floor.
and shower bases may be checked-out to accommodate
the bath or shower base flange, or alternatively, should be A number of treatments for the shower wall junctions are
packed by furring to ensure that the face of the plasterboard available depending on the class of membrane. Membranes
will finish in front of the upturn on the receptacle. are classified as Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3, with Class 3
having the greatest elongation capabilities.
When a perimeter angle flashing is used, the plasterboard
sheet must not be fixed through the angle flashing to the • A preformed shower base must be installed before the
bottom plate. An additional row of noggings must be placed wall linings. Cut and install flashing angle to internal corner,
25mm above the flashing to allow the sheets to be fastened. fixing the angle to studs at 600mm centres. Carry angle
down over the shower base lip, stopping 6mm above
shower base or floor finish. Flashing angle is to extend
Control Joints a minimum height of 1800mm from the finished floor
Control joints must be installed to allow for structural surface.
movement. Allowance for movement must be made through • Cut and fix the Gyprock plasterboard, leaving a 6mm gap
the frame, lining and any tiles. between the bottom edge of the sheet and the shower base,
Refer to Control Joints in the appropriate non-fire rated or fire and where detailed, between sheets forming an internal
rated Wall Framing section for appropriate locations. corner. Neatly cut holes for plumbing penetrations. Refer to
wall system fixing details appropriate for the installation.
• Caulk around plumbing penetrations, and, where detailed,
at sheet bases and internal corners with flexible sealant.
SHEET INSTALLATION • Joint plasterboard with Gyprock Wet Area Base Coat and
paper tape.
Provide adequate ventilation in all structures to minimise air
humidity. Excessive humidity may result in the plasterboard • An appropriate liquid membrane is applied to the face of
sagging. the Gyprock plasterboard before tiling. Follow respective
manufacturers’ instructions. Apply membrane to the
For additional installation information, refer to the
entire shower area to a minimum height of 1800mm
appropriate non-fire rated and fire rated wall systems
from the finished floor surface. The membrane should
sections of this guide.
extend 50mm minimum outside the shower area. Refer
to appropriate illustrations.
Non-Tiled Areas • A compatible tile adhesive must be used to fix tiles to the
Gyprock plasterboard sheets installed in non-tiled areas membrane.
should be fixed and set in accordance with Level 4 or Level
5 Finish methods as detailed elsewhere in this publication.
Tiled Areas
Where Gyprock plasterboard is applied as a substrate
for tiles, the sheets must be fastened with screws only.
Adhesive/fastener fixing is not acceptable. Installation
should be to Level 3 Finish.
Fire Rated Walls

Fire rated walls must be screw fixed. Adhesive/fastener
fixing is not acceptable. Installation should be in
accordance with wall installation details elsewhere in this
guide and fire rated details later in this section.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 141: PREFORMED SHOWER BASE INSTALLATION FIG 143: PREFORMED SHOWER TRAY
Gyprock
Aquachek™ Vertical corner
angle flashing
Waterproofing Gyprock
Stud Membrane Aquachek™
applied to face of
plasterboard
behind tiled area Waterproof Membrane
applied to face of wall lining
Vertical Corner Stud
Angle Flashing
Ceramic Tiles
Ceramic Tiles
Nogging to allow fixing of
Additional nogging plasterboard above tray level
for plasterboard
Preformed fixing Impermeable Tray
Shower Base
Flashing Tape
Approved (25mm min.)
Flashing
150mm min.
6mm min.
when Flexible Sealant Fill gap between
required by plasterboard and mortar
building bed with Flexible Sealant
regulations 6mm
Flexible Sealant
Mortar Bed Ceramic Tiles or other
impervious finish
Mortar bed
Structural
Sheet Flooring
FIG 142: TYPICAL DETAIL FOR PREFORMED SHOWER FIG 144: TYPICAL DETAIL FOR PREFORMED SHOWER
BASE TRAY
Gyprock Aquachek Gyprock Aquachek

Waterproof membrane
to 1800mm min. above Waterproof membrane
finished shower floor to 1800mm min. above
finished shower floor
Corner flashing
and finishing, refer Corner flashing
to alternative and finishing, refer
corner details to alternative
corner details
Additional
noggings for
fixing
plasterboard
Noggings 25mm
above shower base Seal plasterboard
for plasterboard Refer to tile junction
fixing Shower
Tray Seal plasterboard
installation tray junctions
Sealant Refer to shower detail
base detail Seal flashing
Perimeter angle to tray
Perimeter
Flashing Flashing
Preformed
Shower Base

NON-FIRE RATED
Insitu-Formed Shower FIG 146: INSITU-FORMED SHOWER RECESS

– CLASS 2 MEMBRANE
Shower floors may be formed with a mortar bed and
waterproof membrane. A number of treatments for the Gyprock
shower wall/floor are available depending on the class of Stud Aquachek™
membrane. Membranes are classified as Class 1, Class Ceramic Tiles

Additional
2 or Class 3, with Class 3 having the greatest elongation Nogging for
plasterboard Vertical Corner
capabilities. fixing when Angle Flashing
external angle
• Cut and install flashing angle to the wall/floor junction if flashing is Class 2 Membrane
installed applied to face of
required. Fix to floor only. wall lining and floor
• Cut and install flashing angle to internal corner, fixing the 25mm Flexible Sealant
angle to studs at 600mm centres. Flashing angle is to
extend from 6mm above to a minimum height of 1800mm Bond breaker
35mm min. each
above the finished floor surface. side of corner
• Cut and fix the Gyprock plasterboard, leaving a 6mm gap 75mm
min.
between the bottom edge of the sheet and the shower Mortar Bed
floor, and where detailed, between sheets forming an
internal corner. Neatly cut holes for plumbing penetrations.
Refer to wall system fixing details appropriate for the 50mm
min.
installation Optional Flashing Angle
fixed to floor only
• Joint plasterboard with Gyprock Wet Area Base Coat and
paper tape.
• An appropriate liquid membrane is applied to the face
of the Gyprock plasterboard and floor to form an insitu
FIG 147: INSITU-FORMED SHOWER RECESS
tray. Follow respective manufacturers’ instructions. Apply
membrane to the entire shower area to a minimum height
of 1800mm from the finished floor surface. The membrane
Gyprock
should extend 50mm minimum outside the shower area. Steel Aquachek™
Stud
Refer to appropriate detail. Ceramic Tiles
Additional
• A compatible tile adhesive must be used to fix tiles to the Nogging for
plasterboard Vertical Corner
membrane. fixing when Angle Flashing
external angle
flashing is Class 3 Membrane
installed applied to face of
wall lining and floor
25mm Flexible Sealant

FIG 145: INSITU-FORMED SHOWER RECESS
Gyprock
Aquachek™
75mm
min.
Vertical Corner Mortar Bed
Angle Flashing
Ceramic Tiles
Stud
Class 1 Membrane 50mm
applied to face of min.
Optional Flashing
wall lining and floor Angle fixed to floor
only
Additional nogging
for plasterboard
fixing when angle
flashing is used
Approved Flashing
25mm when required by
building regulations
Masking Tape
Foam plastic rod
used as essential
bond breaker
75mm
min.
Mortar Bed

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 148: INSITU-FORMED SHOWER RECESS WITH HOB
Gyprock Aquachek
plasterboard
Waterproof membrane
to 1800mm min. above
finished shower floor
Corner flashing
and finishing, refer
to alternative
corner details
Additional
noggings for
fixing
plasterboard
Refer to
alternative
shower
recess
installation
details Optional continuation
of perimeter flashing
Perimeter
Flashing Waterproof
membrane
continuous
FIG 149: INSITU-FORMED SHOWER RECESS WITH HOB

1800mm min. membrane height
Shower Screen sealed

with flexible sealant at Wall sheeting
hob and walls
50mm
min.
Continuous insitu membrane
to shower recess floor, over
hob, and up walls
Flexible
Mortar bed Sealant
Masonry
Hob
75mm min.

NON-FIRE RATED
Shower Area – Masonry Walls Insitu-Formed Shower Recess

Install furring at maximum 600mm centres using appropriate – Ceramic Tiled
masonry fixings.
• Cut and install flashing angle to the wall/floor junction if
Place noggings between furring, at finished floor level and required. Fix to floor only.
25mm above a bath, purpose-made shower base or sink/
• Fit flashing angle vertically to internal corners from
tub to support the edges of sheets.
1800mm above floor level, stopping 6mm above floor
Provide suitable noggings to support the bath and other level. Fix to studs at 600mm vertical centres.
fixtures such as soap holders and towel rails.
• Cut and fix the Gyprock plasterboard, leaving a 6mm
Fix Gyprock plasterboard to metal furring with Type S Needle gap between the bottom edge of the sheet and the floor/
Point Screws. flashing, and where detailed, between sheets forming an
Fix to Part Nº 333 with 20mm screws. internal corner. Neatly cut holes for plumbing penetrations.
Refer to wall system fixing details appropriate for the
Fix to Part Nº129 or 308 with 25mm screws.
installation
Preformed Shower Base at sheet bases and internal corners with flexible sealant.
• Fit finishing angle vertically to internal corners from • Joint plasterboard with Gyprock Wet Area Base Coat and
1800mm above floor level down into the shower base, paper tape.
stopping 6mm above the shower base. Fix to studs at
600mm vertical centres. • Proprietary waterproof membrane materials are to be
applied to the face of the Gyprock moisture resistant
• Cut and fix the Gyprock plasterboard, leaving a 6mm gap plasterboard and floor to form an insitu tray. Seal face of
between the bottom edge of the sheet and the shower plasterboard to 1800mm minimum above the floor with a
base, and where detailed, between sheets forming an waterproof membrane.
internal corner. Neatly cut holes for plumbing penetrations.
Refer to wall system fixing details appropriate for the • Refer to appropriate junction details.
installation
• Joint plasterboard with Gyprock Wet Area Base Coat and
paper tape.
• Seal face of Gyprock moisture resistant plasterboard to
1800mm minimum above the floor with a waterproof
membrane.
• Refer to appropriate junction details.
FIG 150: PREFORMED SHOWER BASE FIG 151: INSITU-FORMED SHOWER RECESS
– CERAMIC TILED
Gyprock Aquachek™ Masonry Wall
Waterproofing membrane Gyprock

applied to face of Gyprock Aquachek™
Aquachek™ behind tiled
area Ceramic Tiles
Ceramic Tiles Vertical Corner
Furring Channel Angle Flashing
Nº129 (vertical)
Masonry Wall Class 1 membrane
applied to face of
Furring Channel wall lining and floor
Nogging
Recessed Channel
Nº333 (or other)
Flexible Sealant
Flexible Sealant
Preformed Shower Base Bond breaker
6mm
Foam Plastic Rod
Mortar Bed 75mm
min.
Mortar Bed
50mm Optional Flashing

min. Angle fixed to floor
only

NON-FIRE RATED
Shower Over Bath – Unenclosed • Caulk around plumbing penetrations, and, where detailed,
or Partially Enclosed • Joint plasterboard with Gyprock Wet Area Base Coat and
• Cut and install angle to internal corner, fixing the angle to paper tape.
studs at 600mm centres. Angle is to extend from 6mm • Proprietary liquid membrane materials are applied to the
above the bath to 1800mm minimum above the finished face of the Gyprock Aquachek and the floor. Always follow
floor surface. Install flashing angle to wall/floor junction. respective manufacturers’ instructions.
• Cut and fix the Gyprock plasterboard, leaving a 6mm • A compatible tile adhesive must be used to fix tiles to the
gap between the sheet and the floor, the sheet and membrane.
the bath, and where detailed, between sheets forming
internal corner. Neatly cut holes for plumbing and • Extent of floor treatment is shown for fibre cement
bath penetrations. Refer to wall system fixing details or concrete flooring only. For timber based flooring,
appropriate for the installation waterproof entire floor.
FIG 152: MEMBRANE DETAIL FOR AN UNENCLOSED SHOWER OVER BATH OR SHOWER AREA
Gyprock Aquachek plasterboard
1500mm min. 1500mm min.

Minimum extent of Minimum extent of
membrane and tiles membrane and tiles
Gyprock
Aquachek
plasterboard Corner flashing
and finishing, refer
to alternative
corner details
Refer to wet
area jointing Seal all
requirements penetrations,
refer to detail
Waterproof embrane to
Extent of 1800mm min. above
membrane and finished floor level
tiles above the (Refer to corner details)
bath 150mm Seal all joints between
min. plasterboard and bath
150mm
min.
Refer to
wall/floor
Refer to junction
Gyprock Aquachek details
wall/floor plasterboard, membrane
junction and tiles
details
Membrane to 1500mm
Floor horizontal projection from
waste shower rose and grade to
a floor waste

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 153: MEMBRANE DETAIL FOR A SEMI-ENCLOSED SHOWER OVER BATH OR SHOWER AREA
Gyprock Gyprock
Aquachek Aquachek
plasterboard 1500mm min. plasterboard
Minimum extent of
membrane and tiles
Refer to wet Seal all

area jointing penetrations,
requirements refer to detail
Corner flashing
and finishing, refer Waterproof embrane to
to alternative 1800mm min. above
corner details finished floor level
Extent of
membrane and
tiles above the
150mm
min.
Refer to
wall/floor
junction
Refer to details
wall/floor Gyprock Aquachek
junction plasterboard, membrane
details and tiles
Membrane to 1500mm
Floor horizontal projection from
waste shower rose and grade to
a floor waste
FIG 154: INTERNAL CORNER DETAIL FIG 155: INTERNAL CORNER DETAIL FIG 156: INTERNAL CORNER DETAIL
– CLASS 1, 2 OR 3 MEMBRANE – CLASS 2 MEMBRANE – CLASS 3 MEMBRANE
Steel
Steel Steel Steel Framing Steel Steel
stud Framing stud stud Framing
Bond breaker 35mm
min. each side of joint
Sealant
Paper tape and
Gyprock Wet Area Sealant Sealant
Base Coat
Membrane
Flashing angle Membrane Class 2 Class 3
Gyprock
Membrane Gyprock Aquachek
Class 1, 2 or 3 Aquachek
Gyprock Ceramic Tiles Ceramic Tiles
Aquachek
Ceramic Tiles

NON-FIRE RATED
Bath & Basin

Refer to previous construction methods detailed for Shower Over Bath installations and the following details.
FIG 157: INSTALLATION LAYOUT FOR A BATH WITHOUT SHOWER
Corner flashing
Gyprock and finishing, refer
Refer to wet Aquachek to alternative
Seal all corner details
area jointing plasterboard penetrations,
requirements refer to detail
Gyprock
Extent of Aquachek
membrane and plasterboard
tiles above the
150mm
min.
Refer to
wall/floor
junction
details
Refer to Gyprock Aquachek

wall/floor plasterboard, membrane
junction and tiles
details 50mm min.
on floor
FIG 158: BATH INSTALLATION FIG 159: BATH HOB

Backing stop to support
Gyprock Aquachek™ membrane (eg. angle or
Stud backing rod)
Flexible
Ceramic Tiles Sealant
RONDO
Nº255 Top Waterproof Membrane Membrane to extend Bath
Hat Section to face of plasterboard
to 150mm above vessel 5mm min, above the
to support tile surface
bath (recommended)
Flashing Tape Ceramic tiles,

(25mm min.) adhesive and grout
Flexible Sealant
Fixings Waterproof
100mm membrane
max. 6mm
Steel
Gyprock Stud
Aquachek™
Notch Stud
Stiffen stud 20mm max.
to
engineer’s
detail Bath
Mortar Bed

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 160: TYPICAL HAND BASIN – MEMBRANE/TILING DETAIL
Refer to detail Gyprock

wet area
plasterboard
Minimum extent of tiles

and membrane 150mm
FIG 161: LAUNDRY TUB/SINK INSTALLATION FIG 162: PLUMBING PENETRATIONS

Gyprock™ plasterboard
Gyprock
Aquachek™
Steel
Stud Waterproof membrane
to wall to 150mm
above vessel Ceramic Tiles
Nogging
6mm Gyprock®
Ceramic Tiles Wet Area Acrylic Sealant
or fluid apron
Flexible Sealant
Gyprock Aquachek™
plasterboard
Tub or
Sink
Stud
Support Batten 6mm Gyprock™

or Steel Bracket Wet Area Acrylic Sealant
or fluid apron
Gyprock™
plasterboard Ceramic Tiles

NON-FIRE RATED
General Wet Areas
FIG 163: PERIMETER INSITU MEMBRANE FIG 165: PERIMETER ANGLE FLASHING
Steel
Stud
Steel
Stud Gyprock
Aquachek™
Gyprock
Aquachek™ Ceramic Tiles
Ceramic Tiles Nogging for wall

lining fixing
Membrane Class 1 membrane
finished applied to face of
minimum 25mm wall lining and floor
above highest Flexible Sealant
point of finished Flexible Sealant
floor level
Bond Breaker
25mm min.
6mm
Foam plastic rod
6mm
Mortar Bed
50mm Mortar Bed

min.
50mm min. Approved Flashing
adhesive fixed to
floor only
FIG 164: HOB OR SET-DOWN SLAB FIG 166: PERIMETER FULLY BONDED VINYL SHEETING
AND PERIMETER FLASHING
Steel
Stud
Steel
Stud
Gyprock Gyprock
Aquachek™ Aquachek™
Flexible Vinyl Sheeting
Ceramic Tiles with all seams hot
welded, and fully
bonded to floor and
Approved Flashing plasterboard
75mm
typical Flexible Sealant
Coving with continuous
75mm support for vinyl
typical
Ceramic Tiles
6mm Floor with continuous
fall to waste
Mortar bed
6mm

FIRE RATED
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS – FIRE RATED

IMPORTANT: Refer to the Components section for requirements on Wet Area Jointing.
FIG 167: INSITU-FORMED SHOWER RECESS FIG 169: PREFORMED SHOWER BASE
CERAMIC TILED Gyprock Fyrchek MR
wall system
Single
Gyprock Fyrchek MR or
Single double 13mm Gyprock Aquachek
wall system
or steel
double stud
stud wall
wall Vertical Corner system Waterproofing
system Angle Flashing Membrane applied to
face of plasterboard
Plasterboard lining not shown

behind tiled area
Gyprock Fyrchek required)

Ceramic Tiles
Vertical Corner
Angle Flashing
Steel Class 1 Membrane
(minimum 1 x 13mm
Stud applied to face of Ceramic Tiles
(minimum 1 x 13mm
wall lining and floor Steel Track Nogging for

plasterboard fixing
Approved Flashing
when required by Flashing Tape
building regulations (25mm min.)
Flexible Sealant
Flexible Sealant
Bond breaker
6mm
Foam plastic rod
Preformed
Shower Base
Mortar Bed
Mortar Bed
Continuously fill gap Approved

(10mm max.) with Continuously fill gap StructuralFlashing
(10mm max.) with when
Sheet required by
Flooring
Gyprock fire rated mastic building regulations
to 13mm min. depth Gyprock fire rated mastic
to 13mm min. depth
FIG 168: INSITU-FORMED SHOWER RECESS FIG 170: BATH INSTALLATION

CERAMIC TILED Gyprock Fyrchek MR
Gyprock Fyrchek MR wall system
wall system
Single Single
or 13mm Gyprock
or Aquachek
double Vertical Corner double
stud Angle Flashing steel
wall stud Waterproof Membrane
system Ceramic Tiles wall to face of plasterboard
system to 150mm above vessel
(recommended)
Ceramic Tiles
Steel Class 1 Membrane
Flashing Tape
(minimum 2 x 13mm
Stud applied to face of (25mm min.)

wall lining and floor
Flexible Sealant
Approved Flashing 6mm

when required by
building regulations
(minimum 1 x 13mm
Flexible Sealant
Bath
Bond breaker
Foam plastic rod Support Batten
fixed to framing
Mortar Bed

(10mm max.) with
Gyprock fire rated mastic
to 13mm min. depth Mortar Bed

(10mm max.) with
Gyprock fire rated mastic
to 13mm min. depth

FIRE RATED
FIG 171: INTERNAL CORNER IN SHOWER RECESS – FIG 172: LAUNDRY TUB/SINK INSTALLATION
CLASS 1, 2 OR 3 MEMBRANE
Gyprock Fyrchek MR
wall system
Steel Steel
stud Framing
Steel
Stud Waterproof membrane
to wall to 150mm
above vessel
Nogging
Sealant
Paper tape and Ceramic Tiles
Gyprock Wet Area
Base Coat Flexible Sealant
Flashing angle
Tub or
Membrane Sink
Class 1, 2 or 3
Gyprock Fyrchek MR
wall system
Ceramic Tiles

FIRE RATED
General Wet Areas

FIG 173: PERIMETER INSITU MEMBRANE FIG 175: PERIMETER ANGLE FLASHING –
Steel
Stud
Steel
Stud Gyprock Fyrchek MR
wall system
Gyprock Fyrchek MR
wall system Ceramic Tiles
Ceramic Tiles Nogging for wall
lining fixing
Membrane Class 1 membrane
applied to face of Gyprock fire rated
finished mastic
minimum 25mm wall lining and floor
above highest Flexible Sealant
point of finished Gyprock fire rated
floor level mastic
Flexible Sealant
25mm min.
Bond Breaker 6mm
Foam plastic rod
6mm
Mortar Bed
50mm Mortar Bed

min.
50mm min. Approved Flashing
adhesive fixed to
floor only
FIG 174: HOB OR SET-DOWN SLAB FIG 176: PERIMETER FULLY BONDED VINYL SHEETING
AND PERIMETER FLASHING
Steel
Stud
Steel
Stud
Gyprock Fyrchek MR
wall system
Gyprock Fyrchek MR
wall system Flexible Vinyl Sheeting
with all seams hot
welded, and fully
Ceramic Tiles bonded to floor and
plasterboard
Approved Flashing Gyprock fire rated
mastic
75mm Gyprock fire rated
typical mastic
Coving with continuous
Flexible Sealant 75mm support for vinyl
typical
Ceramic Tiles
6mm Floor with continuous
fall to waste
Mortar bed
6mm

FLUSH JOINTED CEILING SYSTEMS
CSR Gyprock has developed a wide range of Flush Jointed Gyprock Flush Jointed Ceiling Systems are suitable for
Ceiling Systems for decorative applications, as well as a virtually all interior commercial ceiling applications and can
large selection of ceiling systems to meet specific fire and be installed under roof or floor framing.
acoustic requirements. Where a Level of Finish is specified, refer to the Design &
Gyprock Flush Jointed Ceiling Systems utilise Gyprock Installation section of this manual for additional framing and
plasterboard sheet which is fixed to appropriately prepared fixing requirements.
framing. Plasterboard joints are ‘taped and set’ to form a Specific ceiling systems are available for decorative, acoustic
smooth ‘flush jointed’ continuous ceiling suitable for painting. and/or fire rated applications.
CSR also offers a large range of Panel Ceiling Systems for
commercial applications. Please refer to the Panel Ceiling
Systems section of this guide for additional information. ADVANTAGES
• Flush jointing gives a smooth, seamless, easily decorated
finish.
• Systems available for decorative, acoustic rated and fire
rated application.
• Suitable for use under a wide range of roof and floor
structures.
• Permit flexible location of internal non-loadbearing walls.
• Surface or flush mounted light fittings can be used.
• Fire rated ceilings provide protection for services mounted
above the ceiling, and can accommodate air conditioning
ducts and dampers, bulkheads and access panels.

Overview of Flush Jointed Ceiling Systems

Gyprock Flush Jointed Ceiling Systems utilise various framing formats
and plasterboard fixing techniques. Gyprock plasterboard which is fixed
to the framing is jointed using tape and compounds to CSR Gyprock
specifications to form smooth ceiling surfaces for decorative coating.
Plasterboard adhesive and/or

fastener fixed directly to timber/steel
floor/ceiling joists
Plasterboard screw fixed above

Lipped Steel C-Stud
Plasterboard screw fixed to
suspended concealed metal grid
(without resilient mounts) under floor/
ceiling joists
Plasterboard screw fixed to steel

furring channel attached with
appropriate fixing clips to timber/steel
floor/ceiling joists
Plasterboard screw fixed above and

below Lipped Steel C-Stud
Plasterboard screw fixed to

suspended concealed metal grid
(with resilient mounts) under floor/
ceiling joists
Plasterboard screw fixed to resilient

mounted furring channel or resilient
furring under timber/steel floor/ceiling
joists

shall be designed in accordance with AS1657 ‘Fixed

DESIGN & Platforms, Walkways, Stairways and Ladders’.
INSTALLATION CEILINGS RATED FROM ABOVE
CONSIDERATIONS Ceiling systems with plasterboard linings on top of joists

are not trafficable or intended to be used for storage. The
CSR has developed a wide range of floor/ceiling and joists should be designed for all imposed loads including
roof/ceiling systems to meet specific fire and acoustic construction loads where fixing of sheets is required from
requirements. The systems include ratings for sound above. Appropriate barriers and signage should be installed
transmission, sound impact and sound absorption, for fire to prevent access.
resistance up to FRL 120/120/120, and for up to 60 minutes
Resistance to Incipient Spread of Fire (RISF). Fire Performance
Generally, the fire resistance of floor and roof/ceiling systems Gyprock fire rated ceiling systems have been designed with
is assessed from below, in accordance with the standard fire protection that protects the framing. This means that no
fire test of AS1530.4. This is the requirement of the BCA consideration of steel or timber framing design need be given
where lightweight construction is used for compartmentation for the fire rating.
and separation. Some elements such as fire-isolated
passageways are required to have an FRL when tested from To protect structural beams that are entirely within the ceiling
outside. A number of ceiling systems are available that offer space, the structural adequacy component of the ceiling
fire resistance from above to meet this requirement. system FRL must be at least equivalent to that required by
the structural member. For example, a ceiling system with
FRL 90/90/90 provides FRL 90/-/- for a steel beam within
Structural the ceiling. Systems are available for beams that are not
All floor, roof and ceiling framing must be designed for entirely enclosed.
the applied loads. CSR recommends a minimum design
pressure of 0.25kPa (downward) for the ceiling framing. FRAMING AND LINING
Other wind pressures may be applicable; the designer should Plasterboard must be screw fixed only, adhesive is not
refer to AS/NZS1170. permitted. Joints in the outer layer of all systems must be
Wind loads on external ceilings can be similar to those on set with Gyprock paper tape. As a minimum, a single coat
adjacent walls. Pressures can be positive or negative and finish may be used.
the lining, grid and structure should be designed to resist
CAULKING
the loads. Internal suspension components, even with down
struts, may not be suitable. To attain the specified fire rating, all perimeter gaps and
The maximum spacing of ceiling framing is 600mm. Closer
with appropriate caulking material. In fire rated systems, to
spacing may be required for some lining materials, for design
attain the stated fire rating, use Gyprock Fire Mastic, CSR
loads greater than 0.5kPa and for some FRLs.
FireSeal or other tested fire rated material of equivalent or
Steel framing for direct fixing of linings shall have maximum better performance. Refer to Junctions & Penetration section
base metal thickness (BMT) 1.6mm. Framing may be trusses, for detailed installation information.
top hats, C sections, furring channels, or similar members.
in all cases they should be designed in accordance with Acoustic Performance
AS4600.
For steel components in external environments, in heavy SOUND TRANSMISSION
industrial areas or coastal areas, additional coatings may be Sound flanking, the effectiveness of workmanship and
required. Refer to AS/NZS2785 for guidance caulking, the presence and treatment of penetrations, and
the inclusion of structural elements and bridging items, may
DIRECT-FIX FRAMING SYSTEMS affect the acoustic performance of ceiling systems. Refer to
Ceiling linings may be fixed directly to primary timber or steel appropriate material for detailed information.
framing, or to secondary members such as furring channels
In non-fire rated systems, to attain the stated sound
and battens.
transmission performance, use Gyprock Wet Area Acrylic
Timber members to which plasterboard will be fixed Sealant or other tested acoustic sealant. All penetrations
must comply with AS1684 ‘Residential Timber-Framed should be treated to maintain the acoustic integrity of the
Construction’, or be designed in accordance with AS1720.1 system.
‘Timber Structures: Design Methods’.
Steel framing to which plasterboard will be fixed must comply Lights
with AS/NZS4600, ‘Cold Formed Steel Structures’.
Recessed lights must be installed so as to prevent damage
SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS from temperature rise and to prevent the risk of fire. Refer
to AS/NZS 3000.
Ceiling suspension systems must be designed to
AS/NZS2785 ‘Suspended Ceilings – Design and Installation’.
Ceilings in this manual are not trafficable. Trafficable systems

Gyprock
COMPONENTS Tempo™ Cornice
Please refer to the full range of Gyprock plasterboards in the
introduction section of this guide, TABLE 1 on page 4
Gyprock Cornice
Gyprock Cove Cornice in 55mm and 90mm sizes is available
in all states. 75mm is available in Western Australia and
Victoria only.
Gyprock Alto™, Concerto™ and Tempo™ cornices are 90mm
profiles, while Aria™, Symphony™ and Trio cornices are
75mm profiles. These profiles are available in all states.
Gyprock cornice sections are available in various lengths.
Call your local sales office for lengths stocked in your state. Gyprock
Aria™ Cornice
It is recommended that cornice be attached with Gyprock
Cornice Cement unless noted.
Gyprock
Cove Cornice
Gyprock
Symphony™ Cornice
Gyprock
Alto™ Cornice
Gyprock Gyprock
Concerto™ Cornice Trio Cornice
Reverse application shown

Gyprock Cornice Cement Sheet Fasteners

CSR Gyprock distributes a comprehensive range of fasteners
to accommodate most installation applications.
Screws for fixing Gyprock plasterboards to steel framing are
detailed in the following tables.
For wet area and external applications, Class 3 fasteners
must be used. To guarantee performance, only approved
fasteners should be used in these systems.
Additional Components
For information on steel components, adhesives and mastics,
refer to Components in the Walls section of this guide and
additional information in the following Framing section.
TABLE 23: SCREW FOR FIXING PLASTERBOARD TO STEEL 0.5 – 0.8mm BMT
6.5mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw
10mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm NP Screw
13mm + 16mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm NP Screw Type S #6-18 x 45mm NP Screw
TABLE 24: SCREW FOR FIXING PLASTERBOARD TO STEEL 0.8 – 1.6mm BMT
6.5mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw
10mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm DP Screw
13mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 40mm DP Screw *Type S #8-15 x 65mm NP Screw and
16mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 30mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 45mm DP Screw *Type S #8-15 x 65mm NP Screw and
13mm + 16mm Plasterboard Type S #6-18 x 25mm DP Screw Type S #6-18 x 45mm DP Screw
NOTE: * Pilot hole may be required for NP screws.
FRAMING Steel Framing

Steel framing to which plasterboard will be fixed must:
REQUIREMENTS • comply with AS/NZS4600, ‘Cold Formed Steel
Structures’.
Introduction • be spaced at no more than 600mm centres.
Framing requirements detailed in this guide apply to • have a minimum fixing face width of 32mm.
both non-fire rated and fire rated installations.
• be no greater than 1.6mm BMT (base metal thickness).
This manual details the minimum requirements for various
• comply with the following maximum span tables.
steel framing systems, and recommended installation
methods.
Framing must comply with the appropriate requirements
Ceiling Suspension Systems
detailed in this guide and additional requirements detailed in Gyprock Ceiling Suspension Systems are designed to
CSR Gyprock or Rondo Building Services literature current AS2785 ‘Suspended Ceilings – Design and Installation’.
at the time of installation. They are not trafficable unless stated, and are designed to
It is recommended that the supporting structure be designed carry the weight of the ceiling only.
for maximum deflection of SPAN/240 under serviceability Where a trafficable ceiling is required, install a proprietary
criteria. trafficable ceiling system such as Rondo Walkabout.

Strengthen suspension systems to support light fittings and Control Joints

access panels as detailed in the appropriate illustrations in
this guide and/or other relevant CSR Gyprock or Rondo The continuity of lining sheets and support framework should
technical literature. be broken at control joints.
Any additional loads are not to be placed upon, or carried Control joints may be positioned to intersect light fixtures,
by the suspension system. heating vents and air diffusers.
Control joints are to be installed in both fire rated and non-
Corrosion Protection fire rated ceilings:
For steel components in external environments, in heavy • To coincide with control joints in the supporting frame.
industrial areas or within 1km of the coast, additional coatings • At changes of framing type or framing direction.
may be required. Refer to AS2785 for guidance. • In continuous interior ceiling areas lined with plasterboard,
spaced at no more than 12m centres in both directions.
TABLE 25: MAXIMUM SPAN OF PLASTERBOARD IN CEILING APPLICATIONS

Maximum Spacing of Framing Members
Gyprock Product
General Applications Areas of High Humidity
Thickness
(mm) (mm)
6.5mm Flexible Plasterboard used in two layers 350 NA
10mm Gyprock Standard Plasterboard 450 NA
10mm All types of plasterboard except Standard Plasterboard 600 450
13mm plasterboard all types except Perforated 600 450
13mm Perforated Sheet 600 NA
16mm Gyprock plasterboard – all types 600 600
NOTE: NA = Not Applicable
TABLE 26: MAXIMUM SPANS FOR METAL BATTEN/FURRING CHANNEL USED IN CEILINGS
Nº581* Nº308* Nº129*
Resilient Furring Furring Channel Furring Channel
Spacing of Furring Spacing of Furring Spacing of Furring
Layers x Thickness
450 600 450 600 450 600
Maximum Permissible Spans for Metal Batten/Furring
1 x 10mm all products 600 600 1000 900 1550 1400
except Standard Plasterboard
and Soundchek
1 x 10mm Gyprock Standard 600 – 1000 – 1550 –
Plasterboard
1 x 10mm Soundchek 600 600 1100 1000 1550 1400
1 x 13mm all products
1 x 16mm Gyprock 600 600 1100 1050 1550 1400
plasterboard – all types
2 x 13/16mm Gyprock 600 600 1100 900 1400 1300
3 x 16 Gyprock – – 900 800 1300 1200
NOTE: Furring to be continuous over 2 or more spans. Dead load deflection Span÷360. * Includes Internal UDL of 0.25kPa.

Steel Furring Channel FIG 177: STEEL FURRING CHANNEL DIRECT FIXING METHODS
Direct Fixed to Framing Betagrip Clip Infiniti Clip
Gyprock plasterboard may be fixed directly to
30/50/64mm
steel furring which is held by appropriate direct
30/80/90mm
fixing clips attached to a structural support as
shown in adjoining details. Furring
Channel
Direct fixing clips provide some vertical Nº129/308
adjustment to enable accurate levelling of the

furring. After levelling, the brackets should be
permanently fixed in place by two nails/screws.
Furring channels then snap fit into the clips. Joist Nº226 Clip
fixed to joist
The ceiling drop should be limited to 200mm
maximum with these attachment systems.
Fix with
Install brackets to ensure there is a clearance 2 screws
between joist and furring of 10mm minimum. Joist
Fix with 16mm
A system comprising Nº129 furring channel 2 screws (Nº308)
28mm
spaced at 600mm centres and with fixing clips (Nº129)
at 1200mm maximum centres can support a Furring Channel
Nº129/308
maximum of 3 layers x 16mm Gyprock Fyrchek
and lightweight insulation.
Refer to span tables in this guide and Rondo Nº394 Clip
Building Services specifications for alternative fixed to joist Masonry anchor
grid span and spacing information.
Furring Channel
Nº129/308
Furring
Channel
Nº129/308
FIG 178: STEEL FURRING CHANNEL DIRECT FIXED TO FRAMING
g
acin tres)
l Sp
h a nne um cen Timber, Steel or Concrete
C xim
ing a support structure
Furr0mm m
(60 Direct Fixing Clips fixed
to support framing at
appropriate spacing to
suit permissable span
of furring channel
Fur
ring
Cha
nne
l Sp
an
Perimeter track/angle
required in fire rated
ceiling systems (refer
to Perimeter Framing
& Caulking) Refer to chosen perimeter
detail for appropriate End of furring channels 10mm
positioning of first and last Direct Fixing Clips at clear of wall face
furring channel appropriate spacing to
suit permissable span
of furring channel
Nº553 Angle or Nº140/142Track
fixed to wall at ends and
600mm max. centres between

Steel Furring Channel on Refer to span tables in this guide and Rondo Building
Services specifications for alternative grid span and spacing
Resilient Mounts information.
The Gyprock Resilient Mount may be screw fixed directly to
the underside of joists or trusses using (50mm x Nº8 screws
FIG 179: GYPROCK RESILIENT MOUNT FIXING
for timber) or (30mm x Nº8 screws for steel) as detailed in
FIG 8. Adjustable Direct Fix
Bracket NºCSR4
Should the joists or trusses be uneven, the adjustable direct- (when required)
fix bracket (NºCSR4) should be fixed to the side of the

framing. This will provide up to 20mm height adjustment
for levelling purposes. After levelling, the bracket should be
permanently fixed in place with two nails/screws.
The resilient mount may then be screw fixed to the adjustable
bracket (NºCSR4) using a 40mm x Nº6 screw.
The furring channels then snap fit into the anchor clips. Gyprock™
Resilient Mount
The Gyprock Resilient Mount is designed to support a Gyprock™
maximum ceiling load of 27kg per mount, and must be Mounting Screw
installed at appropriate centres to suit the chosen ceiling

system and total ceiling mass.
A system comprising Nº129 furring channel spaced at Furring Channel
600mm centres fitted with Gyprock Resilient Mounts at Nº129/308
1200mm centres maximum along the furring channel, can

support a maximum of 3 layers x 16mm Gyprock Fyrchek
and lightweight insulation.
Gyprock
Fyrchek™
Plasterboard
(max. 3 layers
x 16mm)
FIG 180: STEEL FURRING CHANNEL FIXED WITH RESILIENT MOUNTS TO FRAMING
Gyprock Resilient Mounts at
Timber or Steel appropriate centres to suit
support structure chosen system
g
acin s)
l Sp ntre
h a nne um ce
C axim
ring
Fur 0mm m Fu
(60 rrin
gC
ha
nn
el S
pa
n
to Perimeter Framing
& Caulking)
Refer to chosen perimeter
detail for appropriate End of furring channels 10mm
positioning of first and last clear of wall face
furring channel
Nº553 Angle or Nº140 /142Track

fixed to wall at ends and 600mm
max. centres between

Concealed Grid Suspended Where the Gyprock Resilient Mount is used, it is designed
to support a maximum ceiling load of 27kg per mount, and
Ceiling must be installed at appropriate spacing to suit the chosen
Gyprock plasterboard may be fixed directly to steel furring ceiling system and total ceiling mass.
which is part of a concealed grid suspended ceiling frame A system comprising Nº128 Top Cross Rails at 1200mm
as detailed in the following illustration. maximum spacings, suspension points at 1200mm maximum
These systems are NON-TRAFFICABLE and are not centres, Nº129 furring channel at 600mm maximum spacings
designed to resist the weight of foot traffic. Where access (with or without Gyprock Resilient Mounts) can support
to the ceiling area is required, install a Rondo Walkabout up to 3 layers of 16mm Gyprock Fyrchek and lightweight
Ceiling System. insulation.
Gyprock Suspended Ceiling Systems comprise suspension No provision has been made for the support of services
brackets fixed to the supporting structure, suspension or lighting systems. Adequate independent or additional
rods, suspension clips, top cross rails, and a locking key or support must be provided for services and lighting systems.
Gyprock Resilient Mount for coupling to the furring channel. Refer to Grid Installation in this guide and Rondo Building
Refer to Suspended Ceiling Components. Services specifications.
Where Top Cross Rails are not continuous, they must be Refer to span tables in this guide and Rondo Building
joined as shown in the suspended ceiling components Services specifications for alternative grid span and spacing
details. Joins must be aligned with hanging points. information.
Where Furring Channels are not continuous, they must

be joined as shown in the suspended ceiling components
details.
FIG 181: CONCEALED GRID SUSPENDED CEILING
Steel or Concrete
support structure
n First and last Top

Spa
Rail Cross Rail 200mm
oss
To p Cr max. from wall
Fu
rrin
gC
ha
nn
el
cing Sp
l Spa
anne an
g Ch
Furrin
150mm nominal min.
Perimeter track/angle End of furring channels

required in fire rated 10mm clear of wall
to Perimeter Framing Refer to chosen perimeter
& Caulking) Nº553 Angle or Nº140/142Track
detail for appropriate fixed to wall at ends and 600mm
positioning of first and last max. centres between
furring channel

FIG 182: KEY-LOCK CONCEALED GRID SUSPENDED CEILING COMPONENTS

(Refer to Rondo Building Services literature for additional information)
SUSPENSION BRACKETS
Appropriate
masonry fastener
Joist
Suspension Suspension
Rod Bracket Rod Angle
Nº534 Bracket
Nº547
Suspension
Rod
Nº121/122
Suspension
Rod Nº121/122
SUSPENSION CLIPS
Suspension
Rod
Nº122/123
Suspension
Rod Nº121 Suspension
Clip Nº124
Suspension
Clip Nº2534
Top Cross
Rail Masonry
Nº127/128 anchor
Fixing Clip 151

Top Cross
Rail
Nº127/128
JOINERS
Top Cross Rail

Nº127/128
Top Cross Rail Resilient Mount to

Nº127/128 Top Cross Rail
Clip NºCSR5
Gyprock Screw
Nº6 x 30mm
Gyprock
Resilient
Mount
Locking Key
Nº139
Furring Channel Furring Channel
Nº129/308 Nº129/308
Top Cross Rail

Joiner Nº138 Joiner Nº272
(or 200mm min.
length of Top
Cross Rail)
Allow 20mm expansion

gap for every 6m of
Furring Channel furring channel in fire Allow 20mm
Nº129/308 rated ceilings expansion gap
for every 4.8m of
Top Cross Rail TCR in fire rated
Nº127/128 ceilings

Bulkheads FIG 183: BULKHEAD DETAIL

Drops greater than 450mm – up to 3 layers x 16mm Gyprock Plasterboard
Bulkheads require independent support to carry
Bracing fixed to
the additional plasterboard and framing members. structural
soffit/purlins
Depending on the drop and plasterboard mass to
Framing fixed to
be installed, this may be achieved with additional structural soffit/purlins
suspension hangers as detailed in FIG 184 and FIG
185, or by fixing framing members directly to the
structural supports as detail in FIG 183.
All bulkheads require bracing to provide lateral
stability to the framework during incidental loading.
This may be achieved by providing stud bracing,
fixed diagonally between the bulkhead framework and
the structural soffit at regular intervals as shown in 1500mm
max.
FIG 183 or alternatively, by rigidly coupling the ceiling
to the bulkhead. If rigid coupling is used, the ceiling Bracing may
require noggings
must be checked for horizontal loading. Refer to
Rondo Building Services for assistance. Independent
suspension of
ceilings
300mm max.
Wall Track Nº140 (to
support ends of Furring
Channel) fixed to
framing at 600mm max. Track fixed to
centres bottom of studs
FIG 184: SUSPENDED BULKHEADS FIG 185: SUSPENDED BULKHEADS

Drops up to 450mm – up to 3 layers x 16mm Gyprock Plasterboard Drops up to 450mm – up to 3 layers x 16mm Gyprock Plasterboard
Drops 450mm to 1200mm – up to 1 layer Gyprock Plasterboard Drops 450mm to 1200mm – up to 1 layer Gyprock Plasterboard
(8.5kg/m2 maximum). (8.5kg/m2 maximum).
Suspension Rods
fixed to structural Notch furring channel
(leaving head flange) Suspension Rods
support fixed to structural
bend and screw fix
support
TCR Suspension
Clip Nº2534
Gyprock™
plasterboard 25mm Locking Key
Nº139
Top Cross Rail
(Nº128 for fire
rated systems)
Screw each
side to lock key
Furring Channel TCR Suspension to top cross rail
Nº129 Clip Nº2534
Furring Channel
Nº129
Top Cross Rail

Drop
(Nº128 for fire

rated systems}
Gyprock™ Gal.
plasterboard Angle
Drop
Cut and remove

25mm of head
Locking Key
Nº139
Cut through head and
down legs of furring
channel (leave face intact)
bend and screw fix
Gyprock™ Edge
Alternative plasterboard Profile Quad Corner
corner detail for fire Step
rated systems

Curved Ceilings
Gyprock plasterboards may be used on curved installations in accordance with TABLE 27 and TABLE 28.
Where a radius tighter than 900mm is to be used, the framing should be sheeted with Gyprock Flexible Plasterboard.
Fire rated ceilings MUST NOT be curved to a radius of less than 3000mm.
TABLE 27: CURVING RADII AND MAXIMUM STUD SPACING FOR 6.5, 10, 13 AND 16mm GYPROCK PLASTERBOARDS
Gyprock
All Gyprock Plasterboards
Flexible Gyprock Standard Plasterboard and Flexible Plasterboard ONLY
Plasterboard (excluding Perforated)
Plasterboard
Thickness
Curve Radius (mm)
(mm)
<900 900 – 1000 1000 – 1500 1500 – 2000 2000 – 2500 2500 – 3000 3000 – 4000 4000 – Plus
Maximum Stud Spacing (mm)
Refer to
6.5 150 200 250 300 350 450 550
TABLE 28
10 – 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
13 – – 150 200 250 300 400 500
16 – – – – – – 250 350
TABLE 28: MINIMUM CURVING RADII AND MAXIMUM FRAME SPACING FOR GYPROCK FLEXIBLE PLASTERBOARD
Applications Sheets Installed Lengthways Sheets Installed Widthways
Minimum Radius Max. Stud Spacing Minimum Radius Max stud Spacing
Concave 450mm 150mm 650mm 200mm
Convex 250mm 125mm 450mm 200mm
Notes – Low temperature and humidity will reduce board flexibility.
Curved Lengthways = where recessed edges are NOT curved.
Curved Widthways = where recessed edges are curved.
FIG 186: CURVED CEILING FRAMING
Curved Furring Channel

Ceiling Framing
Curved Gyprock plasterboard
FIG 187: CURVED CEILING FRAMING
Rondo Curved
Top Cross Rail
Bulkhead
detail as Raked Suspended Ceilings
required
FIG 188: RAKED SUSPENDED FLUSH JOINTED
CEILING
Bracing as
and where
required
Screw to fix Nº139

Locking Key to Top
Cross Rail
Screw to prevent
clips sliding up Top
Cross Rail

STEEL JOIST FRAMED Joist End Support

Refer to following pages for alternative ceiling joist end
CEILING SYSTEMS support configurations and recommended construction
methods.
Introduction
Nogging/Bridging
CSR Gyprock has developed a wide range of tested fire
and/or acoustic ceiling systems utilising steel framing and Nogging/bridging is required where joist span exceeds 2.0m.
plasterboard fixed to one or both sides. Refer to TABLE 30.
These systems are most commonly specified above stairwells
and corridors, and under concrete floors where personnel Control Joints
access is not required.
Control joints are to be installed in both fire rated and non-fire
This section also details methods for constructing isolated rated continuous interior ceiling areas, spaced at no more
bulkheads utilising steel furring channel framing. than 12m centres in both directions.
Frame Requirements
Refer to the Framing section for the general requirements on Plasterboard Fixing
steel frame construction.
Gyprock plasterboard can be installed in any of the methods
All systems detailed in this section are non-trafficable, detailed in this guide which are appropriate for the type
and are designed to carry the weight of the ceiling only. of ceiling being constructed. Refer to Plasterboard Fixing
The ceiling framing must be strengthened to support details.
light fittings and services.
Perimeters & Caulking
CEILINGS LINED ONE Refer to Junctions & Penetrations for appropriate details.
SIDE
Joist Selection
Steel joists for ceilings lined one side can be selected based
on TABLE 29, which provides span information for Rondo
Lipped Steel Stud sections when used as ceiling joists.
FIG 189: GENERAL LAYOUT OF CEILING FRAMING FOR SINGLE SPAN
Bridging/Nogging (use
Fix wall track to structural track, stud or nogging
wall framing as detailed section) fixed to joists
Align ceiling joists with wall

studs (or provide heavier
gauge wall angle/track
support)

TABLE 29: MAXIMUM SPAN OF JOISTS FOR INTERNAL CEILINGS SINGLE SPAN – RONDO LIPPED STEEL STUD LINED
ONE SIDE – UNIFORM DISTRIBUTED LOAD (UDL) = 0.25kPa.
C-Stud Depth mm 51 64 76 92 150
Stud Gauge
0.50 0.75 0.50 0.75 1.15 0.55 0.75 1.15 0.55 0.75 1.15 0.75 1.15
BMT (mm)
Plasterboard
Maximum Span of Joist (mm) – Joist Spacing 600mm
(Layers x mm)
1 x 10 or 1 x 13 1800 2020 2100 2460 2775 2535 2820 3125 2870 3255 3615 4660 5285
1 x 16 1740 1960 2095 2470 2705 2500 2945 3025 2780 3195 3495 4510 5120
2 x 13 1665 1880 1945 2335 2575 2365 2770 2900 2660 3030 3355 4325 4915
2 x 16 or 16 + 13 1580 1780 1860 2235 2450 2235 2650 2760 2525 2875 3190 4115 4675
3 x 16 1470 1655 1620 2060 2265 2045 2440 2545 2350 2650 2965 3715 4300
1 x 10 2010 2260 2350 2695 3035 2780 3090 3480 3210 3565 4020 5190 5860
1 x 13 1975 2220 2305 2760 3045 2845 3265 3415 3165 3605 3975 5095 5760
1 x 16 1910 2150 2305 2690 2960 2760 3200 3310 3050 3505 3845 4935 5585
2 x 13 1830 2060 2140 2550 2820 2615 3015 3175 2920 3330 3680 4740 5370
2 x 16 or 16 + 13 1735 1950 2080 2440 2690 2480 2895 3020 2775 3170 3495 4505 5115
3 x 16 1605 1810 1760 2260 2490 2280 2670 2780 2580 2930 3250 4150 4700
1 x 10 2290 2570 2675 3060 3430 3160 3505 3930 3650 4040 4535 5865 6580
1 x 13 2250 2520 2625 3105 3430 3145 3585 3745 3520 3970 4370 5585 6285
1 x 16 2175 2440 2620 3030 3340 3145 3585 3745 3520 3970 4370 5585 6285
2 x 13 2085 2340 2435 2880 3190 2980 3390 3600 3355 3780 4185 5370 6055
2 x 16 or 16 + 13 1980 2230 2375 2755 3045 2845 3255 3430 3175 3605 3985 5115 5775
3 x 16 1830 2055 2200 2560 2830 2625 3020 3150 2940 3345 3700 4700 5285
NOTES:
1. Maximum deflection = Span÷360 or 12mm. TABLE 30: MINIMUM NUMBER OF
2. Nogging/bridging required for wall over 2m height (equally spaced) – BRIDGING/NOGGING ROWS
Refer to TABLE 30. Number of
3. For alternative spans using boxed studs or multispan configurations, Lining Configuration Joist Span (m) Noggings/Bridging
refer to Rondo Building Services. equally spaced
4. Strength check 1.2G + Wu, using Wu = 0.375kPa.
0.0 - 2.0 0
5. Serviceability check G + Ws Limit L/360 or 12mm, G Limit L/600.
6. Support and Connections to be independently checked. 2.0 - 4.0 1
Lined One Side
7. The live load in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.1 2002 clause 3.5.2 has 4.0 - 6.0 2
not been applied to the ceiling joists. Accordingly, personnel are not 6.0 – 7.0 3
permitted to traffic the ceiling joists.
8. Maximum span tables assume noggings are equally spaced along joists.
Framing Installation FIG 190: JOIST END SUPPORT – FRICTION JOINT

Maximum Joist Span: 2.0m (single span).
Refer to the following details for alternative frame assembly Maximum Joist Span: 2.8m (continuous over 2 or 3 spans).
methods. Ceiling Joist held by friction fit
in track (0.75BMT Deflection
• Install steel track with the lower flange aligned at the Head Track recommended)
50mm max.
required ceiling height and fix at ends and at 600mm
maximum centres between.
To masonry, use power driven fasteners, expansion
anchors, or easy drive masonry anchors.
To steel stud framing, use Gyprock type ‘S’ Screws,
toggle bolts or expandable fasteners. Leave 5mm maximum
gap at end of ceiling
To timber framing, use Gyprock Clouts or Gyprock type joist for clearance
‘W’ Screws. Fix track to studs or
masonry wall with 2 x
• Cut and install ceiling joists (lipped steel stud) into tracks, 0.6kN fasteners at
600mm max. centres
leaving a 5 – 10mm gap at each end (8 – 15mm for
fire rated ceilings). Fix as indicated for the appropriate NOTE: Friction joints are not
recommended where vibration or
installation method. mechanical equipment is used in
close proximity to the ceiling.
NOTE: For alternative frame construction methods or for multi-span
applications, refer to Rondo literature.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 191: JOIST END SUPPORT – MECHANICAL JOINT FIG 194: JOIST END SUPPORT – MECHANICAL JOINT
Maximum Joist Span: 3.0m (single span). Maximum Joist Span: 6.0m (single span).
Maximum Joist Span: 4.0m (continuous over 2 or 3 spans).
Align joists Fix joist to web of wall
directly over Fix joist to track with stud to engineer's
wall studs 1 x Nº8-18 x 16mm tek specifications
screw top and bottom
Wall
Stud
Track
Loadbearing wall frame NOTE: Wall stud size must
(check for capacity) be checked for axial load
FIG 192: JOIST END SUPPORT – MECHANICAL JOINT FIG 195: BULKHEAD CONSTRUCTION
Maximum Joist Span: 3.0m (single span). For Maximum SPAN and DROP data, refer to following table.
Maximum Joist Span: 4.0m (continuous over 2 or 3 spans). Fix Track Nº140/142 or 50 x 0.75BMT
Angle at ends and 600mm maximum
Wall centres between
Stud
Track Fix Ceiling Joists to wall track
with 1 x Nº8-18 x 16mm tek
50mm max. screw top and bottom
Furring Channel
Nº308/129 at 600mm
maximum centres
DROP
m
0m
60 ax.
m
Fix track to studs or

masonry wall with 2 x
0.6kN fasteners at
600mm max. centres SPAN
Fix Furring Channel Angle 50 x 50

with 1 panhead 0.75mm BMT
screw at each end
FIG 193: JOIST END SUPPORT – MECHANICAL JOINT

Maximum Joist Span: 6.0m (single span).
Fix joist to bracket

to engineer's
specifications
TABLE 31: BULKHEAD DROP & SPAN
Maximum Drop & Span (mm)
Plasterboard Lining
Furring Nº308 Furring Nº129
1 x 10mm 680 1040
1 x 13mm 770 1080
2 x 16mm 710 1000
3 x 16mm 650 890
Angle Bracket and
fixings to engineer's
specifications

FIRE RATED
CEILINGS LINED TWO Nogging

One row of nogging is required mid-span where single lipped
SIDES C-stud sections are used. Nogging is not required where
boxed lipped C-stud sections are used.
Joist Selection Nogging must also be included at all joints in Gyprock Shaft
Liner Panel. Refer to FIG 197.
Maximum permissible spans for Rondo Lipped Steel Stud
(150mm x 0.75BMT) lined on two sides are detailed in
TABLE 32. Control Joints
Control joints are to be installed in fire rated continuous
Maximum permissible spans for Rondo C-H Stud profiles interior ceiling areas, spaced at no more than 12m centres in
lined on two sides are detailed in TABLE 33. both directions, and as detailed in the Framing section earlier
Alternative steel framing methods are permitted and must in this guide. Refer to Junctions & Penetrations for details.
be designed by the project engineer. Framing must be
at 600mm maximum centres, with a maximum material Plasterboard Installation
thickness of 1.6mm BMT. Gyprock plasterboard must be installed and fixed in
accordance with appropriate fire rated system details in this
Joist End Support guide. Layers applied to the top of the joists must be fixed to
fire rated 2 layer system specifications.
Refer to the following details for alternative ceiling joist end support
configurations and recommended construction methods. Gyprock Shaft Liner Panel should be installed into the C-H
Stud profile during frame assembly. Cut the panels 15mm
Note the specific requirements for the end support construction
short, install and push hard-up one end. Install 22mm IBS
detailed where the longer spans are chosen.
Rod at the other end to seal the gap and allow for expansion.
1.15mm BMT track and 1.5mm angle are non-standard and Refer to FIG 197.
may require fabrication.
Caulking
Fire rated ceilings lined two sides must have perimeter gaps
fully caulked as detailed in FIG 196 or FIG 197.
FIG 196: GENERAL LAYOUT OF LIPPED C-STUD CEILING FRAMING LINED TWO SIDES
10mm gap Lipped C Stud Nogging
filled with Ceiling Joist required where
ceiling joists 2 layers 16mm Gyprock
Gyprock Fire (single or boxed – Fyrchek plasterboard
Mastic refer system table) not boxed
0.55mm BMT
Track where all
joists are direct
over wall studs
Nº10 panhea
screw
Nº10 panhead screw Loadbearing Wall

2 or 3 layers 16mm Frame
10mm gap filled with Gyprock Fyrchek
Gyprock Fire Mastic plasterboard Gap at top of
wall lining to
Track or 2 x Angles (in accordance with span chosen from system table) be caulked to
(1.15mm Track : use 2 x 0.6kN fixings at each joist). appropriate Wall cladding to
(2 x 1.5mm Angles : use 2 x 1.0kN fixings at each joist). fire rating required FRL
FIG 197: GENERAL LAYOUT OF C-H STUD CEILING FRAMING LINED TWO SIDES
C-H Stud Ceiling Joist 1 layer 25mm C-H profile nogging 0.55mm BMT Track where
22mmØ Fyreguard (size as per system
IBS Rod continuous Gyprock Shaft Liner required at joints in all joists are directly over
table) cut 15mm short Panel cut 15mm short Shaft Liner Panel only wall studs
and pushed hard-up
Nº10 panhead one end
screw
Nº10 panhead screw
Loadbearing Wall
10mm gap filled with Frame
Gyprock Fire Mastic
2 or 3 layers 16mm Gyprock
Fyrchek plasterboard Gap at top of
Track 1.15mm BMT. wall lining to
Fixed to wall with 2 x 0.6kN be caulked to
fixings at each joist appropriate Wall cladding to
fire rating required FRL

FIRE RATED
TABLE 32: MAXIMUM SPAN OF CEILING JOISTS – RONDO LIPPED C-STUD (150 X 0.75mm BMT) – LINED TWO SIDES
System Plasterboard Linings Ceiling Joist – Single Lipped C-Stud with 1 Row Nogging
CSR 992 Allowable Span of Joist (mm)
Above: 2 x 16mm Gyprock
Ceiling Joist Spacing (mm) End Support (FIG Z914) End Support (FIG Z915)
Fyrchek
1.15mm BMT Track 2 x 1.5mm BMT Angle
600 2000 3650
Below: 2 x 16mm Gyprock
400 2600 4050
Fyrchek
300 3200 4350
System Plasterboard Linings Ceiling Joist – Boxed Lipped C-Studs with No Nogging
Fyrchek
600 2000 4350
400 2600 4750
Fyrchek
300 3200 5100
System Plasterboard Linings Ceiling Joist – Single Lipped C-Stud with 1 Row Nogging
Fyrchek
600 1800 3500
400 2300 3900
Fyrchek
300 2700 4150
System Plasterboard Linings Ceiling Joist – Boxed Lipped C-Studs with No Nogging
Fyrchek
600 1800 4150
400 2300 4600
Fyrchek
300 2700 4900
NOTES
Uniform Distributed Load = 0.25kPa. Maximum Deflection = Span÷360 or 10mm.
Single C-stud joist members should be propped prior to fixing of top layers.
TABLE 33: MAXIMUM SPAN OF CEILING JOISTS. RONDO C-H STUD PROFILE – LINED TWO SIDES
System Plasterboard Linings Ceiling Joist – C-H Profile

Above: 1 x 25mm Ceiling Joist
C-H Profile Description
Gyprock Shaft Liner Spacing (mm)
64CH55 64CH90 102CH55 102CH90
Below: 2 x 16mm 600 1540 1940 2070 2630
Gyprock Fyrchek
300 2170 2600 2930 3720
System Plasterboard Linings Ceiling Joist – C-H Profile

Allowable Span of Joist (mm)
CSR 997 Ceiling Joist
Above: 1 x 25mm C-H Profile Description
Spacing (mm)
Gyprock Shaft Liner 64CH55 64CH90 102CH55 102CH90
600 1430 1810 1930 2440

Below: 3 x 16mm
Gyprock Fyrchek
300 2020 2480 2730 3460
NOTES
Uniform Distributed Load = 0.25kPa. Maximum Deflection = Span÷360 or 10mm.
Where C-H profile joists are used, a C-H PROFILE nogging is required at joints in Gyprock Shaft Liner.

FIRE RATED
FIG 198: C-STUD JOIST END SUPPORT FIG 201: RONDO C-H STUD
SIDE FIX USING 1.15mm BMT TRACK
35mm 64 or 102mm
2 layers 16mm
Gyprock™ Fyrchek
Fix track to wall at 25mm

each joist with 35mm
2 x 0.6kN fasteners
t
g Jois
Ceilin
FIG 202: RONDO J-TRACK
2 or 3 layers 16mm
Gyprock™ Fyrchek
Refer to Perimeter
Track and Caulking details
57mm
1.15mm BMT
Fix joist to track with
1 x Nº10 pan head
screw top and
bottom
25mm
64 or 102mm
FIG 199: C-STUD JOIST END SUPPORT
SIDE FIX USING 1.50mm BMT ANGLE
FIG 203: C-H PROFILE JOIST END SUPPORT
2 layers 16mm SIDE FIX USING 1.15mm BMT TRACK
Gyprock™ Fyrchek
Fix each angle to 1 layer 25mm Gyprock™
wall at each joist Shaft Liner Panel
with 1 x 1.0kN
fastener Fix track to wall at
each joist with
2 x 0.6kN fasteners
t
g Jois
Ceilin t
g Jois
tud Ceilin
C-H S
2 or 3 layers 16mm
Gyprock™ Fyrchek
Refer to Perimeter 2 or 3 layers 16mm
Angle and Caulking details Gyprock™ Fyrchek
1.5mm BMT Refer to Perimeter
Fix joist to angle Track and Caulking details
with 1 x Nº10 pan 1.15mm BMT
head screw top and
bottom Fix joist to track with
1 x Nº10 pan head
screw top and bottom
FIG 200: C-STUD JOIST END SUPPORT

TOP FIX USING 0.55mm BMT TRACK FIG 204: C-H PROFILE JOIST END SUPPORT
Suitable for all joist spans TOP FIX USING 0.55mm BMT TRACK
2 layers 16mm 1 x 25mm Gyprock™
Gyprock Fyrchek™ Shaft Liner Panel
Fix joist to track with Fix joist to track with
Align joists 1 x Nº10 pan head Align joists 1 x Nº10 pan head
directly over screw top and bottom directly over screw top and bottom
wall studs wall studs
t
g Jois
g Jo ist tud Ceilin
Ceilin C-H S
2 or 3 layers 16mm 2 or 3 layers 16mm

Gyprock Fyrchek™ Gyprock Fyrchek™
Refer to Perimeter Refer to Perimeter
and Caulking details and Caulking details
Wall Stud Wall

Track Stud
Track
Loadbearing wall frame Loadbearing wall frame
(check for capacity) (check for capacity)
Wall lining to suit fire rating Wall lining to suit fire rating
requirements requirements

NON-FIRE RATED
SHEET INSTALLATION FIG 205: FASTENER DRIVING – PLASTERBOARD
– NON-FIRE RATED ✓ ✗
Sheet Layout
Sheets should be installed with the long edge at right angles
• Adhesive does not constitute a fixing system by itself and
to the direction of the framing to which they are fixed.
must be used in conjunction with screws.
Curved Ceilings • When directly fixing a single layer system, the sheets may
be either all fastener fixed or fastener/adhesive fixed.
For plasterboard fixing to curved ceilings, refer to the Curved
• When fixing a two layer system, the first layer must be all
Walls section in this guide.
fastener fixed. The second layer may be all fastener fixed
or adhesive/fastener fixed.
Control Joints • For prepainted metal framing, use 1/3 spacing method or
The continuity of lining sheets and support framework should full screw fixing.
be broken at control joints.
• Perforated plasterboard must be fixed with screws.
Control joints may be positioned to intersect light fixtures, Adhesive is not permitted.
heating vents and air diffusers.
• Adhesive daubs must be kept 200mm minimum from
Control joints are to be installed in fire rated ceilings: fastening points. Refer to the following detail.
• To coincide with control joints in the supporting frame. FIG 206: ADHESIVE/FASTENER PLACEMENT
✓
• At changes of framing type or framing direction.
• In continuous interior ceiling areas lined with plasterboard,
spaced at no more than 12m centres in both directions. CORRECT METHOD
Ceiling lining
In 2 layer ceiling systems, Gyprock Laminating Screws (40mm Correct spacing of fasteners
x Nº10) may be used to laminate layers of plasterboard from adhesive daubs
together at control joints formed between framing.
Refer to the Framing section earlier in this guide. Also refer
to Junctions & Penetrations for appropriate details. 200mm min. 200mm min.
Caulking
To attain the stated acoustic rating, fill all gaps and around
penetrations with Gyprock Wet Area Acrylic Sealant or
Gyprock Fire Mastic or CSR FireSeal. Refer to Junctions &
INCORRECT METHOD
✗
Incorrect spacing of fasteners
from adhesive daubs
Ceiling lining
Penetrations for appropriate details.
Plasterboard Jointing & Finishing

Refer to detailed Jointing & Finishing information later in this
Fastener too close to Fastener through
guide. adhesive daub adhesive daub
Sheet Fixing Procedure For additional sheet fixing information, refer to specific
systems detailed later in this section.
• Plasterboard must not be fixed directly to steel thicknesses
greater than 1.6mm BMT.
• Fasteners are to be installed at 10 - 16mm from sheet edges.
• Sheets are to be held firmly against frame while fasteners
are positioned. Wherever possible commence fastening
from the centre portion of the sheet, proceeding to the
ends and edges. Alternatively, start at one edge and work
across the sheet to the other edge.
• Fasteners are to be driven home with the head slightly
below the surface of the sheet, but not punched through
the face linerboard. Care should be taken to avoid
damaging the face or core of the plasterboard. Refer to
the following detail.

NON-FIRE RATED
Plasterboard Joints Back-Blocking of

Wherever possible, butt jointing of sheets on ceilings should Recessed Joints on Ceilings
be avoided.
Back-blocking recessed joints is required in Level 4 Finishes
In non-fire rated single layer systems, where butt joints on
where three or more recessed joints occur in a continuous
ceilings are positioned between framing members, the sheet
ceiling area, and in all Level 5 Finish applications. Refer to
ends must be reinforced (back-blocked), and depressed,
the TABLE 4 “Levels of Finish” and FIG 207.
forming a recess to enable jointing.
• Cut back-blocks of at
For detailed information, refer to Butt Joints Off Framing,
least 200mm width and
later in this guide.
long enough to fit loosely
In multi-layer systems, butt joints in hidden layers are to be between the framing
formed on framing members and offset by 450mm minimum members.
in consecutive layers. Butt joints in the final layer are to be
• Apply Gyprock Base Coat
formed within 50mm of the centreline between members,
to the back-blocks with
offset by a minimum of 450mm from previous layers and in
a notched spreader to
adjoining sheets, and fixed with laminating screws at 200mm
form 6mm x 6mm beads
maximum centres.
at approximately 20mm
In multi-layer systems recessed joints in consecutive layers centres at right angles to
must be offset by a minimum of 300mm. the joint, over the entire face of the back-block.
In single layer systems, recessed joints must be back- • Apply Gyprock sheets with the long edges at right angles
blocked in some cases. Refer to the following topic for to joists or battens. Place back-blocks along the full
details. length of the sheet edge. As soon as all the blocks are in
In 2 layer ceiling systems, Gyprock Laminating Screws (40mm position, install the adjoining sheet.
x Nº10) may be used to laminate layers of plasterboard • Back-blocks must be adhered in position before the joints
together at butt joints formed between framing. are finished. Back-blocks may also be applied by working
above the ceiling after the sheets have been fixed.
FIG 207: BACK-BLOCKING OF RECESSED JOINTS ON CEILINGS
Recessed joints
Back-block
recessed joint
where required

NON-FIRE RATED
Butt Joints Off Framing • Fix back-blocks with

Gyprock Back-Blocking
Butt joints in single layer plasterboard systems formed off Cement, Base Coat or
framing must be formed with a depression to allow smooth Cornice Cement applied
jointing. with a notched spreader
One method is back-blocking which uses temporary battens to form beads 6mm x
screwed to framing across the front of the joint together with 6mm at approximately
pieces of Gyprock plasterboard adhesive laminated to the 20mm centres over the
back of the joints. Refer to FIG 208. entire face of the back-
block.
A second method uses Rondo B005 battens to form the
depressed joint, along with pieces of Gyprock plasterboard • Bend sheet ends upwards
adhesive laminated to the back of the joint. Refer to FIG 209. using temporary battens and packing (such as screws)
installed at 300mm maximum centres along the butt joint
A third method using B005 battens alone. This method may
to form a 2mm deep depression (as illustrated).
be used in specific cases only. Refer to FIG 210.
• Reinforce the butt joint by back-blocking with Gyprock
One of these methods is to be used on all butt joints
plasterboard placed between the framing. Back-block
formed between framing members. See requirements
along the full length of the butt joint and overlapping the
in the Levels of Finish table.
recessed joints by a minimum 100mm.
Where mid-span butt or end joints are not required but are
• Fix back-blocks with Gyprock Back-Blocking Cement,
used to minimise plasterboard wastage, these joints must
Base Coat or Cornice Cement as described earlier.
also be back-blocked.
• Allow the adhesive to set for a minimum of 24 hours before
Sheet ends should be neatly cut and butted together within
removing the temporary battens. A hollow formation
50mm of the centre line between the studs.
suitable for jointing remains.
FIG 208: BACK-BLOCKING OF BUTT JOINTS LOCATED OFF FRAMING
Back-blocking entire
butt joint and 100mm
minimum overlap at
recessed joints
Framing or
battens
Recessed joints
100mm min.
Butt joint centred

between framing
members
50mm max.
back-block to
framing gap
Step 1. Forming joint

Back-blocking cement, use
Gyprock Base Coat 45/60 or Step 2. Ready for setting
plasterboard Joint 50mm Cornice Cement 45/60
back-block max. off Gyprock plasterboard
centre back-block
Gyprock Temporary batten Gyprock 2 to 3mm deep depression

plasterboard at 300mm max. Packer such as plasterboard lining suitable for jointing
lining vertical centres nail to produce
screw fixed to framing 2 to 3mm depression
of plasterboard

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 209: BUTT JOINT CONSTRUCTION USING RONDO B005 BATTENS AND BACK-BLOCKING (TOP VIEW)
50mm max. back-block to

Back-block framing gap each end
recessed joints
where required
Battens at
300mm max. Butt joint
centres location
100mm
300mm max. min. overlap
centres each side of
recessed joints
Back-blocking Rondo NºB005

Battens to form
recess
100mm
min. overlap
at recessed joints
Plasterboard fixed
to battens with 2 Recess formed with
Cornice screws each side Rondo NºB005 Batten
adhesive of joint
Backblocking
Gyprock™
Note: Install screws to batten carefully. plasterboard Tape and set formed butt joint
Collated screw guns may not be suitable. as per normal Gyprock™
recommendations for recess
joints
FIG 210 shows suitable details for suspended ceilings in commercial buildings which are not required to be fire rated, are isolated
from building movement at the perimeter and have a well controlled air environment such as occupied, air conditioned offices.
FIG 210: BUTT JOINT CONSTRUCTION USING RONDO B005 BATTENS (TOP VIEW)
Rondo Top Cross Rail and

Furring Channel Ceiling
Grid
450mm
max.
Rondo NºB005
Batten
Plasterboard fixed
to battens with 2 Recess formed with
screws each side Rondo NºB005 Batten
of joint
Gyprock
Note: Install screws to batten carefully. plasterboard Tape and set formed butt
Collated screw guns may not be suitable. joint as per normal Gyprock
recommendations for
recess joints

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 211: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – SINGLE LAYER – ADHESIVE & SCREW FIXING
For 1350mm width sheets, hold Adhesive Daubs Fixing Specifications

sheet with temporary fastener Fasteners Refer to Components
Framing through block at every second joist Adhesive
until adhesive sets
230mm max. centres
Sheet and 200mm min. from
Width fastener points
900mm 2 daubs
230mm 1200mm 4 daubs
max. 1350mm 4 daubs
centres
Recessed Screw fix at each
Joints frame member
Centreline Screw at each frame
200mm of member
min. cts Sheet
Butt Joint within 50mm of
200mm Joints centre line between
min. cts between framing and back-block
framing
300mm max.
for cornice finish Butt Screw fix at 200mm
150mm max. Joints on max. centres
for set finish framing
Openings Screw fix at 200mm
max. centres.
For Level of Finish 4 and Sheet For cornice finish, fasten
5, where Butt Jointing is Ends at 300mm max. cts.
unavoidable, joint centrally
between members and For set finish, fasten at
back-block 150mm max. centres
Screw at
200mm max.
Where permitted, Butt Joint on

member (Levels of Finish 0 to 3)
Offset butt joints in

adjoining sheets by
600mm minimum
Notes On Fixing • Apply plasterboard and fasten one recessed edge at each
framing member.
• Install sheets with paper bound edges at right angles to
• Press the sheet firmly against the framing, then fasten
joists/framing to which sheets are being fixed.
along the second recessed edge at each framing member.
• Screw fix along the centreline of sheet at each framing
fastening points.
member.
• Where butt joints are made on framing members, screw
• Caulking, refer to the Junctions & Penetrations section. fix at 200mm maximum centres.
• Where butt joints are made between framing, join within
Fixing Procedure 50mm of centreline between framing and back-block
Refer to Components for fastener details. joint. Back-block recessed joints where required. Refer
to Back-blocking details in this guide.
• Apply stud adhesive to framing in accordance with the
following table. Using a broadknife, apply daubs 25mm • Offset butt joints in adjoining sheets by 600mm minimum.
diameter x 15mm high at 230mm maximum centres and • Screw fix around service openings at 200mm maximum
at 200mm minimum from fastening points at sheet edges centres.
and centreline. Omit daubs at ends of sheets and at butt
• Fasten ends of sheets at 300mm maximum centres for
joints.
a cornice finish, or at 150mm maximum centres for a set
Plasterboard Conventional Spacing 1/3 Spacing finish.
Width (mm)
• Under slow drying conditions, hold 1350mm wide sheets
900 F A F A F F A F A F against the framing members for at least 48 hours with
1200 F A A F A A F F A F A F A F temporary fasteners driven through plasterboard blocks
1350 F A A F A A F F A F A F A F at every second frame. Refer to the fixing detail above.
F = Fastener A = Adhesive Daub

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 212: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – TWO LAYER – ADHESIVE & SCREW FIXING
Steel Framing at 1st Layer Refer to Components
600mm max. centres Screws
2nd Layer Refer to Components
Screws &
Adhesive
200mm max.
Body Screw fix to each
Sheet framing member at
230mm Width 300mm max. centres
max. 900mm 4 screws equally spaced
1200mm 5 screws equally spaced
Butt Joints Screw fix at 200mm
300mm on framing max. centres
max. Sheet Screw fix at 300mm
Ends & max. centres
Openings
300mm max.
for cornice finish Body Adhesive Daubs at
200mm min. 230mm max. centres
150mm max.
for set finish Sheet and 200mm min. from
230mm max. Width fastener points
200mm min. 900mm 2 daubs
Adhesive 1200mm 4 daubs
Daubs 1350mm 4 daubs
Recessed Screw fix at each
Joints frame member
Temporary block Centreline Screw fix at each frame
For Levels of Finish 0 to of Sheet member
3, Butt Joint on member
and screw fix at 200mm Butt Joints Screw fix at 200mm
max. centres on framing max. centres
For Level of Finish 4 and 5, where Butt Butt Joints Laminating screws at
Jointing is unavoidable, joint centrally between 200mm max. centres
between members, fix with laminating Begin 1st layer framing
screws at 200mm max. centres Butt Joints in 1st with a half Openings Screws at 200mm max.
layer may be on width sheet centres
Offset Butt Joints in 2nd same member
layer 450mm min. in Sheet For cornice finish, screw
adjoining sheets and Begin 2nd layer with a full width sheet Ends fix at 300mm max. cts.
between layers and offset recessed joint 300mm For set finish, screw fix
minimum between 1st and 2nd layer at 150mm max. centres
Notes On Fixing Second Layer

• Begin with a full width sheet so that recess joints will be
• Install sheets with paper bound edges at right angles to the
offset from first layer by 300mm min.
furring /framing to which sheets are being fixed.
• Using a broadknife, apply adhesive daubs 25mm diameter
x 15mm high at 230mm maximum centres and 200mm
fastening points.
minimum from fastening points at the edges and centreline
• Place edge fasteners at 10 to 16mm from sheet edge. of the sheet. Omit daubs at ends of sheets and at butt
• Caulking, refer to the Junctions & Penetrations section. joints.
Use the following daubs at each framing member:
Fixing Procedure 900mm width sheets – 2 daubs.
1200mm width sheets – 4 daubs.
Refer to Components for fastener details. 1350mm width sheets – 4 daubs.
First Layer • Apply plasterboard and fasten one recessed edge at each
• Begin with a half width sheet. framing member.
• Apply plasterboard and fasten along recessed edges at • Press the sheet firmly against the framing, then fasten
each framing member. along the second recessed edge at each framing member.
• Press the sheet firmly against the framing and fasten the • Fasten along the centreline of the sheet with 1 screw at
body of the board to each framing member at 300mm each framing member.
maximum centres. • Offset butt joints in adjoining sheets and between layers
Use the following at each framing member: by 600mm minimum and fasten at 200mm maximum
900mm width sheets – 4 screws equally spaced. centres.
1200mm width sheets – 5 screws equally spaced. • Fasten around service openings at 200mm maximum
1350mm width sheets – 6 screws equally spaced. centres.
• Centre butt joints on framing members and fasten at • Fasten ends of sheets at 300mm maximum centres for
200mm maximum centres. a cornice finish, or at 150mm maximum centres for a set
finish.
• Fasten around service openings at 200mm maximum
centres. • Under slow drying conditions, hold 1350mm wide sheets
against the framing members for at least 48 hours with
• Fasten ends of sheets at 300mm maximum centres.
temporary fasteners driven through plasterboard blocks
at every second frame.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 213: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – SINGLE LAYER – SCREW FIXING

Recessed Screw fix to each frame
Joints at 10 to 16mm from
& Body sheet edges and at
Sheet 300mm max. centres
Structural support Width between.
steel or concrete 900mm 4 screws equally spaced
Butt Joints Joint within 50mm of
between centre line between
framing framing. Back-block.
Butt Joints Screw fix at 200mm
on framing max. centres
Suspended Grid at
600mm maximum Openings Screw fix at 200mm
centres max. centres
300mm Sheet For cornice finish, screw
300mm max. for cornice finish Ends fix at 300mm max. cts.
150mm max. for set finish max.
For set finish, screw fix
at 150mm max. centres
200mm max.
For Level of Finish 4 and 5,

where Butt Jointing is
unavoidable, joint centrally
between framing and
back-block
200mm max.
Where permitted, Butt Joint

on framing and screw fix at
200mm max. centres
(Levels of Finish 0 to 3)
Offset butt joints in
adjoining sheets by
600mm minimum
Notes On Fixing • Offset butt joints in adjoining sheets by 600mm minimum.

• Fasten around service openings with screws at 200mm
maximum centres.
the furring /framing to which sheets are being fixed.
• Screw fix ends of sheets at 300mm maximum centres for
a cornice finish, or at 150mm maximum centres for a set
• Caulking, refer to the Junctions & Penetrations section. finish.
Fixing Procedure Two Layer Systems

Refer to Components for fastener details. • Fix the first layer as detailed for a single layer system,
• Apply plasterboard and fasten to each framing member beginning with a half width sheet. Butt joints may be on
along recessed edges. the same member.
• Press the sheet firmly against the framing and fasten the • Begin the second layer with a full width sheet so that the
body of the board to each framing member with screws recess joints will be offset from the first layer joints by
at 300mm maximum centres. 300mm minimum.
Use the following at each framing member: • Offset butt joints a minimum of 600mm between layers
900mm width sheets – 4 screws equally spaced. and between adjacent sheets in the second layer.
1200mm width sheets – 5 screws equally spaced. • Fix the second layer using screws applied to the same
1350mm width sheets – 6 screws equally spaced. specifications as detailed above for a single layer system.
• Where butt joints are made on framing members, screw
fix at 200mm maximum centres.
• Where butt joints are made between framing, join within
50mm of centreline between framing and back-block joint.
Back-block recessed joints where required. Refer to the
Levels of Finish table.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 214: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – SINGLE LAYER PERFORATED PLASTERBOARD – SCREW FIXING
Framing at 600mm centres Screws Refer to Components
Recessed Screw fix to each frame
25mm Gyprock screws Joints & at 10 to 16mm from
at 300mm centres Body sheet edges and at
300mm max. centres
between
At butt joints, screw at Butt Joints Screw fix at 200mm
200mm centres opposed on framing max. centres
Sheet Screw fix at 200mm
Ends max. centres
Openings Screw fix at 200mm
max. centres
Staggered butt joints
Gyprock Perforated Plasterboard

(perforations not shown)
Border of standard Gyprock plasterboard
or finish with wall angle trim
Notes On Fixing Joints

• Plan the layout of the sheets prior to application. It Tape and set joints using only approved Gyprock jointing
is recommended that a border of standard Gyprock systems and use as detailed later in this guide.
plasterboard at least 150mm wide be provided around Due to the location of the perforations close to the edge of
the perimeter of the ceiling. Suitable framing must be panels, butt joints are of a narrower width than is normal.
provided. Special care should be taken to ensure a good joint finish
• To align perforations, use a stringline or laser. without filling of perforations.
• Framing members must be positioned at 600mm centres
and coincide with non-perforated areas of sheets.
• May be used in curved applications with 20m minimum
radius.
Fixing Procedure – Sheets

Refer to Components for fastener details.
• Apply Gyprock Perforated Plasterboard sheets with paper
bound edges at right angles to framing members. Align
pattern to previously installed sheets and screw at 300mm
maximum centres.
• If butt joints are required, centre joints on framing members
and screw at 200mm centres opposed. Butt joints should
be staggered in adjacent sheets.
• Back-blocking is not required.

NON-FIRE RATED
JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – NON-FIRE RATED

The following details are suitable for non-fire rated ceilings with no acoustic requirements only
FIG 215: CONTROL JOINT – PARALLEL TO FRAMING – FIG 219: PERIMETER DETAIL – WALL ANGLE TRIM
PLASTERBOARD
Furring 50mm max.
Channel Fix Wall Angle Trim to
wall with fasteners at
600mm max. centres
Furring or framing
RONDO P35 Gyprock™

Control Joint plasterboard screw
15 to 20mm gap fixed to furring 6mm gap max.
with set finish
channel each side of
joint at 200mm max.
centres 200mm max.
FIG 216: CONTROL JOINT – PERPENDICULAR TO FIG 220: PERIMETER DETAIL – SHADOWLINE FINISH
FRAMING – PLASTERBOARD
Furring channel spacing (max.)
Furring Channel
Joiner Nº138
Structural framing,
Furring Channel rafter or top cross rail Wall
framing
RONDO P35
Control Joint
with set finish 15 to 20mm gap
Gyprock plasterboard
Rondo P140 wall track or steel

angle with shadowline stopping
bead and set finish or Duo 6/7
Shadowline Wall Angle
FIG 217: PERIMETER DETAIL – SHADOWLINE FINISH
Top Cross Rail
FIG 221: PERIMETER DETAIL – SHADOWLINE FINISH

Furring channel
Furring channel span (max.)
Wall
framing
100mm max. Structural framing,
rafter or top cross rail
Rondo Duo 5
Wall Angle
Gyprock
plasterboard Shadowline stopping
bead and set finish
FIG 218: PERIMETER DETAIL – CORNICE FINISH

Top Cross Rail
Wall Track
Furring channel
200mm max.

NON-FIRE RATED

Ceiling Framing
13mm Gyprock Tape and

plasterboard CD set corner
continuous over wall
Fix wall track to
ceiling framing

Height to
acoustic detail
Ceiling Framing
13mm Gyprock Tape and

plasterboard CD set corner

Floor or roof structure
50mm Bradford
Partition batts
11kg/m3 1200mm
each side of wall
Gyprock
plasterboard Tape and set or
ceiling system cornice finish or
shadowline bead
Wall system with

required rating

FIRE RATED
• In multi-layer systems recessed joints in consecutive

SHEET INSTALLATION layers must be offset by a minimum of 300mm.
– FIRE RATED • Sheets are to be fitted together neatly at joints. Gaps up

to 3mm wide must be filled with a Gyprock Base Coat
before jointing.
Fixing Notes
• Gyprock plasterboard sheets should be installed with the Control Joints
long edge at right angles to the direction of the framing The continuity of lining sheets and support framework should
to which they are fixed. be broken at control joints.
• Plasterboard must be fastener fixed only, adhesive is not Control joints may be positioned to intersect light fixtures,
permitted. heating vents and air diffusers.
• Fire rated ceiling systems must be installed strictly in Control joints are to be installed in fire rated ceilings:
accordance with CSR Gyprock specifications.
• To coincide with control joints in the supporting frame.
• Plasterboard must not be fixed directly to steel thicknesses
greater than 1.6mm BMT. • At changes of framing type or framing direction.
• Fasteners are to be installed at 25mm from sheet edges and • In continuous interior ceiling areas lined with plasterboard,
15mm from sheet ends. spaced at no more than 12m centres in both directions.
• Sheets are to be held firmly against frame while fasteners Refer to the Framing section earlier in this guide. Also refer
are positioned. Wherever possible commence fastening to Junctions & Penetrations for appropriate details.
from the centre portion of the sheet, proceeding to the
ends and edges. Alternatively, start at one edge and work Laminating Screws
across the sheet to the other edge.
In 2 and 3 layer ceiling systems, Gyprock Laminating
• Fasteners are to be driven home with the head slightly Screws (40mm x Nº10) may be used to laminate layers of
below the surface of the sheet, but not punched through plasterboard together at butt joints and control joints formed
the face linerboard. Care should be taken to avoid between framing, and in the field of the board of the third
damaging the face or core of the plasterboard. layer in lieu of fixing to framing.
✓ ✗ Caulking
penetrations must be carefully and completely filled with
Gyprock Fire Mastic or CSR FireSeal. In some cases,
vermiculite plaster may be used. (Refer to appropriate
details). Vermiculite for caulking is to be mixed 3:2 by volume
with cornice cement. Use sufficient water to achieve a stiff
Plasterboard Joints workable mix. Vermiculite plaster is not to be used as a
Wherever possible, butt jointing of sheets on ceilings should general purpose acoustic or fire rated caulking, except
be avoided. where detailed in this manual. Vermiculite has no capacity
to accommodate building movement.
• In multi-layer systems, butt joints in hidden layers are to be
formed on framing members and offset by 450mm minimum
in adjoining sheets and in consecutive layers. Butt joints in Plasterboard Jointing & Finishing
the final layer are to be formed within 50mm of the centreline Refer to Jointing & Finishing section in this guide.
between members, offset by a minimum of 450mm from
previous layers and in adjoining sheets, and fixed with
laminating screws as per system installation details.

FIRE RATED
FIG 226: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – SINGLE LAYER – SCREW FIXING –

FOR SYSTEMS WITH LINING ABOVE OR BELOW FRAMING
Refer to system Location Fixing & Spacing
specifications
Body of Fasten to each framing
Sheet member at 25mm
from sheet edges and
at 200mm maximum
centres
Butt Butt Joint on framing
15mm Joints and fasten at 40mm
from sheet edges, 15mm
from sheet ends and at
150mm max. centres
(offset fasteners)
Openings Fasten at
150mm max. centres
40mm
150mm Sheet Cornice finish – Fasten
25mm max. Ends at 200mm max. centres
Set finish – Fasten at
40mm 150mm max. centres
15mm
min.
200mm max.
150mm max.
required in fire rated Stagger butt joints
ceiling systems (refer in adjacent sheets
to Perimeter Details) and offset fasteners
Notes On Fixing Fixing Procedure

• Install sheets with paper bound edges at right angles to Refer to Components for fastener details.
the framing to which sheets are being fixed. • Begin with a half width sheet.
• Place recess edge fasteners at 25mm from sheet edge. • Apply plasterboard and fasten 25mm from sheet edges
• Butt joints are to be formed on framing, staggered a along recessed edges at each framing member.
minimum of 400mm in adjacent sheets. • Press the sheet firmly against the framing and fasten the
• Caulking, refer to the Junctions & Penetrations section. body of the board to each framing member at 200mm
maximum centres.
Use the following at each framing member:
900mm width sheets – 6 fasteners equally spaced.
• Form butt joints centred on framing members and fasten
with screws at 40mm from corners, 15mm from sheet ends
and at 150mm maximum centres (offset fasteners).
• Fasten around openings at 150mm maximum centres.
• Fasten ends of sheets at a 150mm maximum centres..

FIRE RATED
FIG 227: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – TWO LAYER – SCREW FIXING –

Refer to system Fasteners Refer to Components
specifications Location Fixing & Spacing
Sheet member at 25mm from
1st & 2nd sheet edges and at
Layer 200mm max. centres
Joints and fasten at 40mm
1st Layer from sheet edges,
15mm from sheet ends
40mm 200mm and at 150mm max.
max. centres (offset fasteners)
25mm Butt Butt Joint within 50mm
150mm Joints of centre line between
max. 2rd layer framing and fix to 1st
40mm
40mm 40mm layer with Laminating
Screws at 25mm from
15mm sheet edges, 40mm
15mm from sheet ends and at
min. 200mm max. centres
25mm 200mm max.
Sheet Fasten at 40mm from
Butt Joints in 2nd Ends sheet edges, 15mm min.
layer must be centred from sheet ends and at
between framing members 150mm 150mm max. centres
and fixed with laminating max.
screws Openings Fasten at 15mm min.
from sheet edges and at
150mm max. centres
Butt Joints must be offset
600mm minimum in adjoining
sheets and between layers
to Junction Details)
Begin 1st
Begin 2nd layer with full width sheet layer with half
Stagger butt joints width sheet
and offset recessed joint 300mm in adjacent sheets
minimum between 1st and 2nd layer and offset fasteners
Notes On Fixing Second Layer

• Begin with a full width sheet so that recess joints will be
offset from first layer by 300mm minimum.
the framing to which sheets are being fixed.
• Apply plasterboard and fasten recessed edges and body
• Offset recess joints of 1st and 2nd layers by 300mm min.
of sheets as for the first layer.
• Place recess edge fasteners at 25mm from sheet edge.
• Offset butt joints in adjoining sheets by 400mm minimum.
• Fix butt joints with screws at 40mm from corners, 15mm
• Form butt joints within 50mm of the centreline between
from sheet ends.
framing and fix with laminating screws at 200mm maximum
• Caulking, refer to the Junctions & Penetrations section. centres
Fixing Procedure • Fasten ends of sheets at 150mm maximum centres.
Refer to Components for fastener details.
First Layer
• Begin with a half width sheet.
• Apply plasterboard and fix recessed edges at 25mm from
edge at each framing member.
• Press the sheet firmly against the framing and fasten the
body of the board to each framing member at 200mm
maximum centres.
• Form butt joints centred on framing members and fasten
at 150mm maximum centres.
• Fasten ends of sheets at a 150mm maximum centres.

FIRE RATED
FIG 228: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – THREE LAYER – SCREW FIXING –

Suspended Grid, Steel Fasteners Refer to Components
Framing or Timber Framing at
600mm maximum centres Location Fixing & Spacing
Sheet member at 25mm from
1st & 2nd sheet edges and at
Layers 200mm max. centres
Joints and fasten at 40mm
1st & 2nd from sheet edges,
Layers 15mm from sheet
ends and 150mm max.
centres (offset fasteners)
25mm 25mm
40mm 40mm Butt Butt Joint within
40mm Joints 50mm of centre line
200mm max. 3rd layer between framing and
150mm 150mm fix to previous layer
200mm with Laminating Screws
150mm max. max.
max. at 40mm from sheet
40mm edges, 40mm from
40mm sheet ends and 200mm
15mm max. centres
15mm 15mm
min. Sheet Fasten at 40mm from
40mm Ends all sheet edges, 15mm min.
Layers from sheet ends and at
1st and 2nd layer 150mm max. centres
Butt Joints on framing 150mm Body of Laminating screws at
members, offset 600mm max. Sheet 3rd 400mm max. in each
minimum between layers Layer direction
Butt Joints in 3rd layer 25mm Openings Fasten at 15mm min.
200mm from sheet edges and at
must be placed centrally max.
between framing, offset 400mm 150mm max. centres
600mm minimum in adjoining max.
sheets and from previous layers 400mm
max.
ceiling systems (refer Begin 1st layer with 400mm width sheet
to Perimeter Framing Begin 2nd layer with 800mm width sheet
& Caulking) Begin 3rd layer with full width sheet
Notes On Fixing • Form butt joints centred on framing members and fasten
at 40mm from corners, 15mm from ends and 150mm
• Install sheets with paper bound edges at right angles to maximum centres.
• Offset recess joints between layers by 300mm min.
• Fasten ends of sheets at a 150mm max. centres.
• Offset butt joints between adjacent sheets and between
Second Layer
layers by 400mm minimum.
• Begin with an 800mm width sheet. Offset recess joints
from the previous layers. Offset butt joints between
• Caulking, refer to the Junctions & Penetrations section. adjacent sheets and between layers.
• Fasten 2nd layer sheets as for first layer.
Fixing Procedure Third Layer
Refer to Components for fastener details. • Begin with a full width sheet. Offset recess from the
First Layer previous layers. Offset butt joints between adjacent sheets
• Begin with a 400mm width sheet so that recess joints will and between layers.
be offset from second layer. • Apply plasterboard and fasten recessed edges, body of
• Apply plasterboard and screw fix along recessed edges sheets, around openings and ends as for previous layers.
at each framing member. • Form butt joint within 50mm of the centreline between
• Press the sheet firmly against the framing and fasten the framing and fix to previous layers with Gyprock Laminating
body of the board to each framing member with screws Screws (40mm x Nº10) at 40mm from corners and
at 200mm maximum centres. 200mm maximum centres.


FIRE RATED
FIG 229: PLASTERBOARD FIXING – STEEL FRAMING – FIRE RATED FROM ABOVE AND/OR BELOW
– SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION WITH ACCESS FROM BELOW ONLY
Top Layers Fixing Specifications
‘Lost framing’
Fasteners Refer to Components
Body of Fix to upper framing at
Sheet max. 300mm centres.
All Layers Fix lower framing
300mm through to upper
max. framing at 200mm max.
200mm centres
150mm max.
max. Butt Fix to upper framing at
Joints 300mm max. centres.
Fix lower framing
through to upper
200mm framing at 150mm max.
max. 200mm centres
max.
Sheet Fix at 150mm max.
25mm 40mm centres
Ends
Bottom Layers
150mm Fasteners Refer to Components
max. 200mm max.
200mm Sheet Refer to 1, 2 and 3 layer
max. fixing installation details
SUITABLE FOR:
Notes On Fixing Second/Third Layer

• Offset recess joints 300mm minimum from the previous
layers. Offset butt joints between adjacent sheets and
between all layers by 400mm minimum.
• Offset recess joints between layers by 300mm min.
• Fasten sheet body, openings, ends and butt joints as for
• Offset butt joints between adjacent sheets and between first layer.
layers by 400mm minimum.
INSTALL LOWER FRAMING TO ENGINEER’S
DETAIL
• Caulking, refer to the Junctions & Penetrations section. • Fix lower framing to upper framing at 200mm max.
centres.
Fixing Procedure All Layers
Refer to Components for fastener details. • Offset recess joints from the previous layers. Offset butt
joints between adjacent sheets and between layers.
INSTALL UPPER FRAMING TO ENGINEER’S
DETAIL • Press the sheet firmly against the framing and fasten the
body of the board to each framing member with screws
NOTE: ‘Lost framing is to be in addition to required building
at 200mm maximum centres.
structure. It is expected to lose strength in a fire.
• For hidden layers, form butt joints centred on framing
First Layer
members and fasten at 40mm from corners and 150mm
• Apply plasterboard and screw fix along recessed edges maximum centres.
at each framing member.
• For visible layer, form butt joint within 50mm of the
• Press the sheet firmly against the framing and fasten the centreline between framing and fix to previous layers
body of the board to each framing member with screws with Gyprock Laminating Screws (40mm x Nº10) at 40mm
at 300mm maximum centres. from corners and 200mm maximum centres.
• Form butt joints centred on framing members and fasten • Fasten around openings at 150mm maximum centres.
at 40mm from corners and 300mm maximum centres.

FIRE RATED
BEAM ENCASEMENT
Introduction Gyprock Universal Encasement Clips are friction fitted to
the remaining column/beam flanges at 800mm maximum
CSR Gyprock has developed a series of plasterboard centres and 150mm maximum from each end of the steel
encasement systems which provide up to 120 minutes fire column/beam.
resistance for structural beams.
Wall Track #140 is held in the back tongue of the clip to form
Gyprock systems are available for encasement of beams a steel framework for plasterboard attachment.
made from steel or timber.
Track must be installed at each end of the column/beam
(and behind plasterboard butt joints in single layer systems)
Caulking to enable plasterboard fixing.
To attain the specified FRL, all perimeter gaps and Where the width of plasterboard sheet is greater than
penetrations must be carefully filled to the specified depth 600mm, additional nogging support must be installed at
with Gyprock Fire Mastic or CSR FireSeal. 600mm maximum centres along the beam.
Cut flanges of #140 Wall Track appropriately to form nogging
Universal Encasement Clip and screw fix each end to the adjacent longitudinal tracks.
The Gyprock Universal Encasement Clip is manufactured Refer to FIG 231 to FIG 234.
from 1mm galvanised steel, and has been designed to suit
common steel flange thicknesses between 6 and 28mm.
FIG 231: NOGGING TRACK INSTALLATION DETAIL
The clip slides onto the steel beam flange and holds in place
via integral punched grips. Rondo #140 Wall Track is held in Cut flanges of #140
track to fit between
the back tongue to form framework for plasterboard fixing. longitudinal framing
to form nogging
Where width of
plasterboard is more than
FIG 230: GYPROCK UNIVERSAL ENCASEMENT CLIP 600mm, noggings must be
installed at 600mm max.
centres along beam and
fixed to longitudinal framing
Gyprock Fyrchek
200mm max.
plasterboard screw
fixed to framing at
Rondo Wall Steel Beam 200mm maximum
Furring Track centres
Nº140 held in
back tongue of
Universal Clip
FIG 232: BEAM/WALL JUNCTION DETAIL

Cut/notch flanges of
#140 track to fit around
longitudinal framing to
form backing for sealant
Framing Track screw

fixed to
Metal angle must be fixed to the soffit or ceiling framing longitudinal
framing at ends
at 600mm maximum centres and at 100mm maximum of beam
from each end, and aligned to provide a framework for
Gyprock Fyrchek
plasterboard fixing.
200mm max.
plasterboard screw
fixed to framing at
200mm maximum
centres

FIRE RATED
FIG 233: JUNCTION SEALANT DETAIL Plasterboard Fixing

Angle framing Continuously fill gap with Gyprock Fyrchek plasterboard must be screw fixed to all
fixed to soffit Soffit slab Gyprock fire rated mastic
furring and nogging track at 200mm maximum horizontal
and vertical centres.
Fix subsequent layer(s) of plasterboard to the same
RSJ or
Gyprock I-BEAM specifications. Ensure plasterboard layers provide a zig-zag
Universal steel corner joint at all corners.
Encasement beam
Clip
Provide a 6-10mm gap between sheet ends and abutting
walls/ceilings/floors and caulk with Gyprock Fire Mastic or
#140 track
CSR FireSeal.
#140 track over ends Butt joints in consecutive layers of plasterboard must be
6-10mm gap
and fixed to face of staggered a minimum of 300mm. Fix each layer to the
Gyprock Fyrchek horizontal #140 framing for
plasterboard 1 or 2 layers plasterboard fixing and to adjacent layer along all butt joint edges using Gyprock
form backing for sealant
Laminating Screws at 200mm maximum centres.
Continuously fill gap with Gyprock fire rated
mastic to depth of first layer minimum Refer to FIG 231 to FIG 234.
Wall/column Wall/column
support support
FIG 234: STEEL BEAM ENCASEMENT SYSTEM – FIRE RATED – THREE SIDED PLASTERBOARD FIXING
Metal Angle fixed to

soffit at 600mm
maximum centres and
100mm maximum from Metal Angle fixed to soffit at
each end 600mm maximum centres and
100mm maximum from each end
Caulk all 200mm
gaps max.
between 200mm
plasterboard max.
and metal
angle with
Gyprock fire
rated mastic Caulk all gaps with
Gyprock fire rated
mastic
Gyprock Universal
Screw fix each layer to Encasement Clips
all framework at
200mm maximum
centres
Rondo Wall Track
#140 clipped along
flanges of beam
Offset Butt Joints
300mm min. between
layers and fasten all
butt joints at 200mm Each layer of
Gyprock Universal max. centres with
Rondo Wall Track #140 Encasement Clips at Gyprock Fyrchek
held in back tongue of laminating screws plasterboard fixed at
Tape and set 800mm maximum centres
Gyprock Universal along beam flanges and 200mm maximum
external angles Encasement Clips centres to all
150mm maximum from
each end of beam framing

FIRE RATED
JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – FIRE RATED

acoustic integrity is required. For further information on services penetrations of walls, floors and ceilings refer to the Specification
C3.15 of the Building Code of Australia (BCA).
Perimeter Junctions – Fire Rated Ceilings

Wall/ceiling junction details require engineer’s approval where seismic loads apply. At ceiling/wall junctions, ceiling framing is
required to support the plasterboard as detailed in FIG 236 to FIG 245. To seal the junction between the ceiling and wall, one
of the caulking details FIG 246 to FIG 254 must be used. The junction detail should be selected with regard to appearance and
acoustic integrity.
FIG 235: CEILING PERIMETER FRAMING AND CAULKING SELECTION
Step 1: Step 2:
Choose a suitable Choose a suitable
ceiling perimeter perimeter caulking
framing detail. detail.
Refer to Refer to
FIG 236 to FIG 246 to
FIG 245. FIG 254.
FIG 236: FIG 237:
1, 2 or 3 layers of Rondo Wall Track fixed at

Gyprock fire rated Rondo Wall Track fixed at 1, 2 or 3 layers of
600mm max. centres with 600mm max. centres with
plasterboard metal fasteners Gyprock fire rated
metal fasteners plasterboard
Refer to alternative Fire rated
perimeter caulking details wall system
FIG 238: FIG 239:
600mm max.
1, 2 or 3 layers of Steel Track fixed at

Gyprock fire rated 600mm max. centres Steel Angle or Track fixed 1, 2 or 3 layers of
plasterboard with metal fasteners at 600mm max. centres Gyprock fire rated
with metal fasteners plasterboard
Refer to alternative Fire rated
perimeter caulking details wall system

FIRE RATED
FIG 240: FIG 241:
1, 2 or 3 layers of
Gyprock fire rated Steel Angle fixed at Steel Angle fixed at 1, 2 or 3 layers of
plasterboard 600mm max. centres with 600mm max. centres with Gyprock fire rated
metal fasteners metal fasteners plasterboard
Fire rated
wall system
Refer to alternative
perimeter caulking details
FIG 242: FIG 243:
Wall track or angle fixed at Masonry 600mm max.

600mm max. centres with wall system
metal fasteners
1, 2 or 3 layers of 1, 2 or 3 layers of
Gyprock fire rated Gyprock fire rated
plasterboard Refer to alternative plasterboard
FIG 244: FIG 245:

Masonry
wall system
1, 2 or 3 layers of 1, 2 or 3 layers of
Gyprock fire rated Rondo Wall Track fixed at Gyprock fire rated
plasterboard 600mm max. centres with plasterboard
metal fasteners Rondo Wall Track fixed at
600mm max. centres with
metal fasteners
Refer to alternative

FIRE RATED
Perimeter Caulking – Fire Rated Ceilings

Perimeter caulking details FIG 246 to FIG 254 will maintain the FRL and RISF of the CSR Gyprock ceiling systems in which they
are installed, except as noted. These details are also suitable where acoustic integrity is required, except as noted.
FIG 246: FIG 251:

Suitable for 2 and 3 layer plasterboard ceiling systems. Suitable for 1, 2 and 3 layer plasterboard ceiling systems.
6-10mm gap
Framing to appropriate detail
Wall System
Wall System
Backing rod
(non-fire rated)
6-10mm Timber moulding
Continuously fill gap at
edge of sheet with
Gyprock™ Fire Mastic Continuously fill gap at
min. 16mm depth edge of all sheets with
vermiculite plaster
FIG 247:
Suitable for 2 and 3 layer plasterboard ceiling systems.
FIG 252:
Suitable for 1, 2 and 3 layer plasterboard ceiling systems.
NOT suitable for RISF 60 systems
Wall System
NOT suitable were acoustic integrity is required.
100mm max.
Shadowline stopping bead
Rondo P50 6mm gap
6-10mm max.
edge of sheet with
min. 16mm depth
FIG 248: Masonry

wall system Wall Angle Trim
Suitable for 1, 2 and 3 layer plasterboard ceiling systems. Rondo DUO 5 fixed to
wall with metal NOTE: Wall surface
fasteners at 600mm behind angle must be
Framing to appropriate detail max. centres flush. Fill any raked
Wall System
joints behind angle.
6-10mm gap FIG 253:

Trowel on a continuous
25 x 25mm fillet NOTE: This detail is not suitable were acoustic integrity is required.
of vermiculite plaster
6-10mm gap
FIG 249:
Suitable for 1, 2 and 3 layer plasterboard ceiling systems. Framing to appropriate detail
Wall System
6-10mm gap

Wall System
Shadowline stopping bead

Rondo P50
18mm IBS rod

edge of all sheets with
Continuous backing
for mastic required FIG 254:
FIG 250:
6-10mm gap
6-10mm gap
Wall System

Wall System

Continuously fill gap at edge of all edge of sheet with
sheets with vermiculite plaster or Gyprock™ Fire Mastic
cornice cement
Tape and set joint
Tape and set joint
Continuous backing for caulking required
Continuous backing for caulking required

FIRE RATED
Control Joints – Fire Rated Ceilings

FIG 255: CONTROL JOINT PARALLEL TO STEEL FIG 258: CONTROL JOINT PARALLEL TO STEEL
FRAMING – 1 LAYER – SEALANT FINISH FRAMING – 1 LAYER – EXPRESSED JOINT OR SET
Maintains FRL of the ceiling system in which it is installed. BEAD FINISH
120mm min. width back-block to match lining. Maintains FRL of the ceiling system in which it is installed.
Fix to 1st layer with laminating screws at 600mm 120mm min. width back-block to match lining.
max. centres each side. Seal butt joints with plaster. Fix to 1st layer with laminating screws at 600mm
130 to 250mm max. centres each side. Seal butt joints with plaster.
130 to 250mm
120mm min.
120mm min.
20-30mm
20-30mm
Gyprock™ fire rated

plasterboard fixed to 20mm max. gap Gyprock™ fire rated
framing at 200mm plasterboard fixed to 15 to 20mm gap
max. centres Continuously fill gap with furring at 200mm
Gyprock™ Fire Mastic max. centres Optional RONDO P35
Control Joint with set finish
FRAMING – 2 LAYERS – SEALANT FINISH FRAMING – 2 LAYERS – EXPRESSED JOINT OR SET
(Maintains FRL and RISF of the ceiling system in which it is installed). BEAD FINISH
(Maintains FRL and RISF of the ceiling system in which it is installed).
120mm min. width back-block to match lining.
Fix to 1st layer with laminating screws at 600mm
100mm min. max. centres. Seal butt joints with plaster.
100mm min.
40-50mm 120mm min.

40-50mm
1st and 2nd layers 2nd layer of Gyprock™

of Gyprock™ fire fire rated plasterboard 2nd layer of Gyprock™
15 to 20mm gap fixed along edge with 1st and 2nd layers
rated plasterboard of Gyprock™ fire fire rated plasterboard
fixed to framing at laminating screws at 15 to 20mm gap fixed along edge with
Continuously fill 200mm max. centres rated plasterboard
200mm max. fixed to framing at laminating screws at
centres gap with Gyprock™ 200mm max. centres
Fire Mastic 200mm max. Optional RONDO P35
centres Control Joint with set
finish
FRAMING – 3 LAYERS – SEALANT FINISH FRAMING – 3 LAYERS – EXPRESSED JOINT OR SET
Maintains FRL of the ceiling system in which it is installed. BEAD FINISH
Maintains FRL of the ceiling system in which it is installed.
120mm min. width back-block to match lining.
Fix to 1st layer with laminating screws at 600mm
100mm min. max. centres. Seal butt joints with plaster.
100mm min.
40-50mm 120mm min.

40-50mm
1st and 2nd layers 3rd layer of Gyprock™

of Gyprock™ fire fire rated plasterboard 1st and 2nd layers 3rd layer of Gyprock™
rated plasterboard 15 to 20mm gap fixed with laminating of Gyprock™ fire fire rated plasterboard
fixed to framing at screws at 200mm rated plasterboard 15 to 20mm gap fixed with laminating
200mm max. Continuously fill gap with max. centres fixed to framing at screws at 200mm max.
centres Gyprock™ Fire Mastic 200mm max. Optional RONDO centres
centres P35 Control Joint
with set finish

FIRE RATED
FIG 261: CONTROL JOINT PERPENDICULAR TO STEEL FIG 264: CONTROL JOINT PERPENDICULAR TO STEEL
FRAMING – 1 LAYER – SEALANT FINISH FRAMING – 1 LAYER – OPTIONAL SET BEAD FINISH
Maintains FRL of the ceiling system in which it is installed. Maintains FRL of the ceiling system in which it is installed.
120mm min. width back-block to match lining. 120mm min. width back-block to match lining.
Fix to 1st layer with laminating screws at 300mm Fix to 1st layer with laminating screws at 300mm
max. centres each side. Seal butt joints with plaster. max. centres each side. Seal butt joints with plaster.
130 to 250mm 130 to 250mm
Rondo 140/141 Rondo 140/141

20-30mm Wall Track 20-30mm Wall Track
Gyprock™ fire rated Rondo 129/308 Gyprock™ fire rated Rondo 129/308
plasterboard fixed to 15 to 20mm gap Furring Channel plasterboard fixed to 15 to 20mm gap Furring Channel
wall track at 200mm wall track at 200mm
max. centres Continuously fill gap with max. centres Optional RONDO P35
Gyprock™ Fire Mastic Control Joint with set finish
Framing
Framing Options
Options
FRAMING – 2 LAYERS – SEALANT FINISH FRAMING – 2 LAYERS – OPTIONAL SET BEAD FINISH
(Maintains FRL and RISF of the ceiling system in which it is installed). (Maintains FRL and RISF of the ceiling system in which it is installed).
40-50mm 120mm min. width back-block to match lining.
10mm max. gap to framing. Fix to 1st layer with
laminating screws at 600mm max. centres.
120mm min.
40-50mm
1st and 2nd layers 2nd layer of Gyprock™

of Gyprock™ fire fire rated plasterboard
rated plasterboard 15 to 20mm gap fixed along edge with
fixed to framing at laminating screws at
200mm max. Continuously fill 200mm max. centres 1st and 2nd layers 2nd layer of Gyprock™
centres gap with Gyprock™ of Gyprock™ fire fire rated plasterboard
Fire Mastic rated plasterboard 15 to 20mm gap fixed along edge with
fixed to framing at laminating screws at
200mm max. Optional RONDO 200mm max. centres
Framing centres P35 Control Joint
Options with set finish
Framing 10mm
Options max. gap
FRAMING – 3 LAYERS – SEALANT FINISH FRAMING – 3 LAYERS – OPTIONAL SET BEAD FINISH
40-50mm 120mm min. width back-block to match lining.
10mm max. gap to framing. Fix to 1st layer with
laminating screws at 600mm max. centres.
120mm min.
40-50mm
1st and 2nd layers 3rd layer of Gyprock™

of Gyprock™ fire fire rated plasterboard
rated plasterboard 15 to 20mm gap fixed with laminating
fixed to framing at screws at 200mm
200mm max. Continuously fill gap with max. centres 1st and 2nd layers 3rd layer of Gyprock™
centres Gyprock™ Fire Mastic of Gyprock™ fire fire rated plasterboard
rated plasterboard 15 to 20mm gap fixed with laminating
fixed to framing at screws at 200mm
200mm max. Optional RONDO max. centres
Framing centres P35 Control Joint
Options with set finish
Framing 10mm
Options max. gap

FIRE RATED
FIG 267: CONTROL JOINT IN C-H STUD CEILING FRAMING LINED TWO SIDES
1 layer 25mm
Gyprock™ Shaft 22mmØ Fyreguard
Liner Panel IBS Rod continuous C-H Stud (64 or 102)
J-Track 0.8mm BMT x

2 or 3 layers 16mm 15mm 64 or 102 fixed each
Gyprock Fyrchek™ end to structural frame
plasterboard
Electrical Penetrations – Fire Rated Ceilings

Wall/ceiling junction details require engineer’s approval where seismic loads apply.
where acoustic integrity is required. For further information on services penetrations of walls, floors and ceilings refer to the
Specification C3.15 of the Building Code of Australia (BCA).
FIG 268: ELECTRICAL CABLE PENETRATION Alternately, where electrical wires or conduits penetrate a fire
Suitable for 1 layer plasterboard ceiling systems. rated ceiling, the penetration must be back-blocked with two
Maintains FRL of the ceiling system in which it is installed. 100 x 100mm pieces of 16 mm Gyprock Fyrchek.
Recess the lower piece to accommodate the wiring, and
fix both blocks in position with Gyprock Cornice Cement or
Gyprock Base Coat 45 or 60. Fill recess with Gyprock Fire
Mastic or CSR FireSeal.
100mm FIG 270: BACK-BLOCKING OF ELECTRICAL
Gyprock Fyrchek min.
ceiling lining PENETRATION ON CEILING
Recess 1st block

Fill penetration to accommodate
Minimum 400 x 400mm with Gyprock wiring Two 100 x 100mm
Gyprock Fyrchek of Fire Mastic blocks of 16mm
equal thickness to Gyprock Fyrchek
ceiling lining. Fix with 40mm dia. max.
laminating screws at
100mm max. centres.
FIG 269: ELECTRICAL CABLE PENETRATION Fill hole and

Suitable for 2 and 3 layer plasterboard ceiling systems. recess with
Gyprock Fire
(Maintains FRL and RISF of the ceiling system in which it is installed). Mastic
100mm min.
40mm
dia. max.
Fill penetration
with Gyprock™
Fire Mastic

FIRE RATED
FIG 271: RECESSED LIGHT BOX IN SUSPENDED STEEL FIG 272: SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT PERPENDICULAR
FRAME CEILING TO FURRING CHANNELS
(*Components not supplied by CSR)
Stirrup fabricated
from stud or furring
*Cup head bolts and Nº226 clips
*Protection box 85 x 7mm
*Light fitting
450mm support
50 50
141mm
127mm
7mm
Additional short
length of Top Cross
Rail to support
*Support Furring Channels
250 x 50 x 3mm 285mm 2 layer x 16mm
Gyprock Fyrchek
*Light trim
Light Fitting screw fixed
to Furring Channels
Hanging bolts 2 layers 16mm Gyprock
Fyrchek screw fixed to steel
312mm box at 300mm max. centres
670mm
FIG 273: SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT
Wiring
penetration PARALLEL TO FURRING CHANNELS
312mm
12
of 94m
she m
etin to o
g ut sid
e
Fabricated box 0.5mm

galvanised steel 1230L x
285W x 120H mm
Suspension
Rod
Suspension
Clip
Additional short
length of Top Cross
Rail to support
Top Furring Channels
Cross Light Fitting screw fixed
Rail to Furring Channel
Support stirrup
fabricated from stud FIG 274: FIRE RATED REGAL HALOGEN DOWNLIGHT
or furring channel Regal type R1012/FRD downlight is suitable for FRL 60/60/60 and
and Nº226 clips
60 minute RISF.
Recessed light
protection box Furring
Channel

FIRE RATED
Pipe Penetrations
FIG 275: METAL PIPE PENETRATION THROUGH 1 FIG 277: PVC PIPE PENETRATION THROUGH 1, 2 0R 3
LAYER CEILING LAYER CEILING
Installation must be to fire rated collar manufacturer’s specifications.
Additional support PVC Pipe

framing if required
Metal pipe
100mm max.
diameter in
Gyprock Fyrchek 120mm max.
ceiling lining hole
1, 2 or 3 layers
of Gyprock
Fyrchek
plasterboard
Minimum 400 x 400mm Backing rod and PROMAT™
Gyprock Fyrchek of equal 13mm min. depth Fyre Collar
thickness to ceiling lining. Gyprock Fire Mastic fixed to support
Fix with laminating screws framing
at 100mm max. centres.
FIG 276: METAL PIPE PENETRATION THROUGH 2 OR 3

LAYER CEILING
NOT suitable for RISF 60 systems
Metal pipe
100mm max.
diameter in
120mm max.
hole
Fill penetration
with Gyprock™
Fire Mastic

FIRE RATED
General Penetrations
FIG 278: HANGING ROD TROUGH 1 LAYER CEILING FIG 280: TYPICAL FIRE HATCH IN CEILING
Maintains FRL of the ceiling system in which it is installed. Refer to manufacturer for assessment number and installation
details.
Ceiling Joists/Trimmers around

all sides of opening
Gyprock Fyrchek Hanger rod
ceiling lining Fire rated access panel installed
to manufacturer’s specifications
Fill penetration
Minimum 400 x 400mm with Gyprock Ceiling cut-out equal
Gyprock Fyrchek of Fire Mastic to hatch frame size
equal thickness to
ceiling lining. Fix with 25mm dia. max. Gyprock Fyrchek ™
laminating screws at plasterboard ceiling lining
100mm max. centres.
FIG 279: HANGING ROD TROUGH 2 OR 3 LAYER FIG 281: TYPICAL AIR CONDITIONING DAMPER TO
CEILING CEILING
Maintains FRL and RISF of the ceiling system in which it is installed. Refer to manufacturer for assessment number and installation
details.
AC Duct and Damper Ceiling
supported independently suspension
to ceiling system system
Hanger rod
Fire Damper
Fire Damper
Frame Top Cross
Rail Part
25mm max. hole Nº128
Fill penetration Gyprock Fyrchek™ Air Diffuser Furring Channel

with Gyprock™ plasterboard layers Part Nº129
Fire Mastic and thickness Volume Dampers
appropriate for system

NON-FIRE RATED
PANEL CEILING SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION ADVANTAGES
Gyprock Panel Ceiling Systems offer lightweight, decorative • Fast, easy and inexpensive to install. Panels simply sit in
and/or acoustic solutions for commercial applications. They a two-way grid suspended frame.
are installed with a two-way suspended grid or direct fixed • Panels in grid systems provide ready access to services
to battens or an existing plasterboard ceiling. located above.
The precoated face of the supporting grid or edge profile of • Dimensionally stable panels that will not buckle, shrink or
the panels combine with various surface textures to form a warp. Under normal usage, deflection is minimal – well
decorative feature ceiling. within the stringent tolerances set by AS2785.
• Virtually maintenance free.
APPLICATIONS • Vinyl laminate finished panels simply wipe clean with a
damp cloth.
Gyprock Panel Ceiling Systems are an attractive, economical
and functional solution for commercial and industrial ceilings • Systems easily adapt to accept flush mounted lighting
in offices, shops and shopping centres, hospitals and nursing systems.
homes, school and university buildings, clubs, restaurants, • Panels can be easily cut on-site using a trimming knife
function centres and community buildings, warehouse and or panel saw to fit around columns, sprinklers and to
factory buildings. accommodate flush lighting systems, etc.
There is a range of Gyprock Panel Ceiling Systems to suit • Used in conjunction with exposed grid suspension
both decorative and acoustic requirements. systems.
Gyprock Panel Ceiling Systems are NOT suitable for fire • Hold down clips are available for areas of fluctuating air
rated applications. pressure.

NON-FIRE RATED
COMPONENTS
Ceiling Panels
Ceilector™ Ceiling Solutions (a division of CSR) offers a complete range of commercial ceiling panels, grid and accessories for all
building types. The range includes products from Gyprock, Fricker, OWA and Ecophon. Specialty systems in Metal and Timber
are also available, as well as School, Healthcare, Retail and Office specific products.
For more information on ceiling systems or for more stringent ceiling requirements, please contact the Ceilector team on 1300
374 253 or visit www.ceilector.com.au.
Gyprock Ceiling Panels

CSR Gyprock offers a range of plasterboard ceiling panels for exposed grid ceiling systems, each with various surface finishes
and different properties to suit a variety of commercial applications. Please refer to TABLE 2 on page 7 for more detailed
information.
Gyprock Supatone™ Gyprock Freshtone™ Gyprock Perforated Panels

Diamond White
Supatone™ has a ‘wipe clean’ smooth Specifically developed for use in ceilings
polycoated white paper laminate Freshtone™ has a finely textured white where additional sound absorption is
surface. Supatone™ is popular for basic vinyl laminate which resists fading and required. Perforations are approximately
commercial ceiling applications. is easily wiped clean. Freshtone ™ is 10% of the panel area, and combined
ideal for shopping centres, offices and with suitable insulation, provide a
industrial premises. medium level of acoustic absorption.
FIG 282: GYPROCK PERFORATED CEILING PANEL

(ALL DIMENSION NOMINAL)
530mm
590mm
1130mm
1191mm

NON-FIRE RATED
Ecophon™ Ceiling Panels OWA Ceiling Panels

Ecophon™ ceiling panels have a bonded OWA ceiling panels are made of bio-soluble mineral
glass wool core for superior acoustic fibre and offer a wide range of patterned, textured
performance and the Akutex finish allows & scrim face patterns with market leading acoustic
for 100% of the sound waves to penetrate standards to meet the needs of commercial
into the glass wool core and be absorbed by applications such as offices, schools, retail and
it, as well as achieve a high light reflectance. healthcare applications.
Akutex
The range includes: Please refer to TABLE 34 for more detailed information
Focus: 20mm thick panels available in a range of edge profiles. Also or contact the Ceilector team on 1300 374 253 or visit
available for direct fixing to battens or existing ceiling. The Akutext www.ceilector.com.au.
FT surface retains optimal sound absorption and aesthetic design.
Advantage: 15mm thick panels that aim to provide effortless
handling and straight forward installation whilst meeting the
essential requirements regarding acoustics, moisture resistance
and mechanical strength.
Master: 40mm thick panels that provide the highest acoustic
performance and speech intelligibility.
Hygiene: 20mm thick panels that are safe & proven to perform in
clinically demanding environments to ensure cleanliness. They are
also suitable for pressure wash-down situations.
FIG 283: TYPICAL CEILING PANEL EDGE PROFILES
Kerfed edge
Existing sheet
ceiling
Square edge Shiplap edge Tegular edge Ecophon

Panel
Shiplap F

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION TYPICAL LAYOUT ACOUSTIC
OPINION
• Ceilector Steel Grid suspended ceiling system with OR
appropriate acoustic ceiling tiles. TEST
OR
• Fricker Easy Access System® with appropriate acoustic Refer to
ceiling tiles. Ceilector
OR
• Rondo Duo™ suspended ceiling system with appropriate
acoustic ceiling tiles.
OR
• Plasterboard ceiling or timber battens with
Ecophon Focus F acoustic ceiling tiles.
TABLE 34: CEILING PANELS – FEATURES, APPLICATIONS & SPECIFICATIONS
THICKNESS
APPLICATIONS – GRID CEILING SYSTEMS SUITABLE
CEILING (mm) MASS EDGE CAC LIGHT
NRC RELATIVE
PANELS & kg/m2 DETAIL (dB) REFLECTANCE
FEATURES – ALL PANELS 1200 x 600mm NOMINAL HUMIDITY
MATERIAL
• Gyprock Supatone™ is a plasterboard panel with a
‘wipe clean’ smooth polycoated surface paper laminate.
Gyprock Supatone™ is available in ‘white’, and used in basic 10
commercial ceiling applications. Supatone’s core features 7.0 Square 35
Supatone™ Plasterboard
the sag resistance properties of Supaceil™.
• EFHI (13, 0, 2, 3)
• Freshtone™ is a Gyprock plasterboard panel finished with
Gyprock a finely textured vinyl laminate which resists fading and
is easily wiped clean. Freshtone™ is available in ‘white’, 10
Freshtone™ and is ideal for shopping centres, offices and industrial 8.0 Square 35
Diamond premises. Freshtone’s core features the sag resistance Plasterboard
White properties of Supaceil™.
• EFHI (0, 0, 0, 3)
• Gyprock Perforated Panels have been specifically
developed for use in ceilings where additional sound
absorption is required. Perforations are approximately 10% 13
Gyprock of the panel area, and combined with suitable insulation, 10.0 Square 0.49
Perforated provide a medium level of acoustic absorption. Plasterboard
• EFHI (0, 0, 0, 4)
• NRC achieved with Bradford Anticon 55 foil uppermost.
• Bonded glasswool core for high acoustic performance and Square 0.95 21
Ecophon the Akutex T finish to provide an attractive easy care surface. Glasswool
Shiplap 0.85 25 85 95
Focus A, Ds, E • Akutex T surface is micro-perforated vinyl paint that can 20
be easily wiped clean.
Tegular 0.90 23
• Bonded glasswool core for high acoustic performance and
Ecophon the Akutex T finish to provide an attractive easy care surface. Glasswool Tegular
0.75 NA 85 95
Focus F • Akutex T surface is micro-perforated vinyl paint that can 20 (F)
be easily wiped clean.
• 15mm thick Mineral Fibre ceiling panels
• Available in Square Edge or Shadowline Tegular edges
Square
• Resists Sagging
OWA • Clean, white appearance
Mineral Fibre
0.65 33-35 87 99
Alto • High Acoustic Value – NRC 0.65 15
• Formulated to resist temperature and humidity conditions
up to 49°C and 99% Relative Humidity Tegular
• True non-directional texture allows installation in any direction
• 15mm thick Mineral Fibre ceiling panels
• Available in Square Edge or Shadowline Tegular edges Square
• Micro Fissured for a cleaner, whiter appearance Mineral Fibre
OWA
• High Acoustic Value – NRC 0.70 0.7 33-35 87 99
Sandila Micro 15
• Excellent light reflectance reduces the number of light
fixtures required, energy usage and eye strain Tegular
• CAC Value 33-35 for quiet comfort
• 15mm thick Mineral Fibre ceiling panels with three edge Square 0.85 35-39
options
• Smooth, Ultra-Fine Scrim Face appearance Tegular 0.85 35-39
OWA Mineral Fibre
• Ultra High Acoustic Value – NRC 0.85 Kerfed, 87 95
Sinfonia • High Light Reflectance – 87% 15
Bevelled
• CAC Value 33•39 0.7 40
and
• Formulated to resist high temperature and high humidity
Cut Back
• 15mm thick Mineral Fibre panels available in a Square
Edge
OWA • Needled, Textured appearance Mineral Fibre
Square 0.65 38 84 100
Aqua Cosmos • Resistant to extreme moisture conditions – RH 100
15
• Suitable for sports facilities, shower rooms or saunas,
swimming pools, laboratories or large kitchens

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 285: TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAIL – CEILECTOR STEEL GRID SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM
Concrete Slab
600mm Max.
from wall
Wall Angle Wall Angle
Hangers at
1200mm
centres Max.
Plasterboard or
Acoustic Ceiling
Panel
600mm
600/1200mm
600mm
Main
Runner Cross
Runner
FIG 284: TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAIL – FRICKER EASY ACCESS SYSTEM WITH ACOUSTIC TILES
Suspension clip and

5mm rod (staggered at
1200mm max. cts)
Ceilector T5 Light
Wall Angle
Ceiling Tile
Ceiling Tile
Top Hat
Main Runner
Top Hat Cross Runner Back to back

(every third tile) concealed
C-Splines (not
fixed to system)
Main Runner
Joiner
Top Hat
Main Runner

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 286: TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAIL – RONDO DUO EXPOSED GRID SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM
Practical minimum Wall Angle

150mm Trim
1200mm max.
between suspension
points
Main Tee
300mm
Cross Tee Tile Hold Down Clip

Nº703 (optional)
600mm
300mm
Gyprock
plasterboard or
accoustic tile
1200mm
600mm
Main Tee
Duo 1/Duo 3
Cross Tee
Duo 4

NON-FIRE RATED
Example Grid Calculations:

DESIGN Main Tee Grid
CONSIDERATIONS • 4000 ÷1200 = 3.3 modules
4000 – 3600 (3 panels) = 400
Suspension Systems 400 + 1200 = 1600
Gyprock Suspended Ceilings incorporate an Exposed 1600 ÷ 2 = 800 margin on each side of the room.
Grid Ceiling System (Ceilector Steel Grid, Fricker Easy Cross Tee Grid
Access or Rondo Duo™), and are designed to AS/NZS2785
‘Suspended Ceilings – design and installation’. • 5000 ÷ 600 = 8.3 modules
They are not trafficable unless stated, and are designed 5000 – 4800 (8 panels) = 200
to carry the weight of the ceiling only. Where a trafficable 200 + 600 = 800
ceiling is required, install a proprietary trafficable ceiling 800÷ 2 = 400 margin at each end of the room.
system.
Strengthen suspension systems to support light fittings FIG 287: TYPICAL GRID LAYOUT
and access panels as shown in the detailing section of this 4000
manual and/or Rondo technical literature. 400 Margin
Any additional loads are not to be placed upon, or carried 600
by the suspension system without the approval of Rondo
600
Building Services or CSR Gyprock. Main Cross
Tee Tee
600
Pressure Equalisation Air Grilles 5000 600
Rooms which do not have permanently open air ventilation 600

grilles should have grilles fitted in the doors to allow air 600
pressure to equalise during opening/closing.
600
If no ventilation grilles are fitted to a room or its doors, CSR
400 Margin
Gyprock recommends that each panel be held in place with
800 1200 1200 800
Panel Hold-down Clips (Nº703), to prevent panels lifting Margin Margin
under pressure fluctuations.
• Install selected wall trim with the bottom flange aligned at

GRID INSTALLATION the required ceiling level. The ends should be mitre cut
for a more attractive finish. Fix trim to the wall framing/
The following information assumes the room is square and masonry at the ends and at 600mm maximum centres
the ceiling panels are to be installed in a standard square-on- between.
square pattern. Installation methods will need to be modified
FIG 288: WALL TRIM FIXING
to allow for out of square rooms or other grid patterns, such
as brick pattern, and to allow for light fittings, etc. .
max ma
x.
mm m
• For best appearance, the panels closest to the walls 600 00m
6
may need to be cut to size to provide a symmetrical
pattern. To determine the position of the grid, determine
the number of 1200mm panels that will fit the room
dimension. Determine any remainder and add 1200mm.
Divide this total by 2. This is the margin along each side of
the room. Now determine the number of 600mm panels
that will fit the room dimension. Determine any remainder
and add 600mm. Divide this total by 2. This is the margin
at each end of the room.

NON-FIRE RATED
• Accurately position and fix suspension brackets to the • Cut main tees so that the cross tee slots are appropriately
floor/roof structure to support Main Tees at 1200mm located to suit the margin. Install Main Tees into the
centres. (Accurate installation is important to ensure that suspension brackets by squeezing the clip.
Main Tees will be at 1200mm spacings).
• Insert rod into suspension brackets and clips. FIG 290: INSTALLING CLIPS AND TEES
Suspension
FIG 289: SUSPENSION BRACKETS Clip
Appropriate Cross
masonry fastener Margin tile distance Tee
locating
slot
Squeeze the
clip and insert
the tee
Suspension
Rod Angle
Bracket Main
Nº547 Tee
Suspension
Rod Nº702 Direct
Nº121/122 Fixing Clip for
Cross Tee
Joist Suspension Rod
Suspension Rod
Suspension Clip Threaded End
(Nº700)
Suspension Clip
(Nº701)
Main Tee Main Tee

Suspension
Rod Bracket
Nº534
Suspension
Rod Nº121/122
Suspension Rod
Nº121
Suspension Rod
Threaded End
Nº122/123
• Join main tees by sliding the self locking end tabs together.
Locate the outer ends of the main tees on the wall trim for
Suspension Clip
(one piece) Nº700 stability.
Suspension Clip • Install the self locking tabs of the cross tees through the
(thread adjustable)
Nº701 pre-punched slots in the main tees and gently push to
lock together forming a grid of 1200 x 600mm. Cut and
install the outer cross tees on to the wall trim as described
for the main tees.

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 291: JOINING MAIN TEES • Light fittings must always be supported on main tees.
Additional suspension brackets, rods and clips
MUST BE INSTALLED to support light fittings. Refer
to Rondo literature for maximum allowable loads for the
grid.
• Additional cross tees will need to be installed to support
panels at the side of light fittings.
Cross Tee
FIG 294: TYPICAL LIGHT FITTING INSTALLATION

Suspension at
Cross Tee normal spacing
Light fitting must
Main Tee be supported on
Main Tees
Cross Tees
Main Tees
Main Tee
Additional
Cross Tees to
support cut
panels at side
• Accurately align and level the grid. The suspension clips of light fittings Additional suspension of
main tee to support weight
can be adjusted to either a string line or laser. of light fittings
• To assist with stabilising the grid system in large ceiling
areas, the Wall Trim Stabiliser Nº705/706 should be
attached to the wall trim at every second or third main
and cross tee.
FIG 292: WALL TRIM STABILISER PANEL INSTALLATION
Stabilising bracket screw
fixed or riveted to wall trim Clean hands or gloves are essential to prevent soiling
of panel face during installation.
• Remove protective plastic cover from panel face.
• Lift the panel through the grid and position face down on
Wall Trim
the bottom flanges of the grid main/cross tees.
Main or Cross
• Fit Hold-down Clips to cross tee top flange, and bend
Tee hold-down flanges downward to prevent panels lifting.
• Rondo Partition Mount Clip Nº704 can be fixed to the FIG 295: PANEL HOLD-DOWN CLIP
top of the partition frame to connect the ceiling system to
partitioning. Tee
Tile Hold-down
FIG 293: WALL TRIM STABILISER Clip Nº703
Tee
Gyprock
Partition plasterboard panel
Mount Clip or acoustic tile
Nº704
Partition

NON-FIRE RATED
FIG 296: SUGGESTED BULKHEAD DETAIL (Maximum Drop 600mm)

HORIZONTAL EXPOSED GRID/VERTICAL SCREW-UP SYSTEM
300mm max.
Furring Channel
Nº129
Suspension Angle Bracket
Clip
Rivets
Main Tee
Bracing
300mm
Gyprock max.
Ceiling Panel
Bulkhead Support
Clip Nº717
Main Tee
Bulkhead Trim
FIG 297: SUGGESTED RAKED CEILING DETAIL (Maximum Pitch 45°)
Roof Cladding
Roof Insulation
Suspension Rod Nº121

Adjustable suspension rod
bracing as and where
required
Suspension Rod Joiner
Nº254M
Main Tee Adjustable Suspension

Rod Joiner Nº254M
Hooked
Suspension Rod

NON-FIRE RATED

JOINTING & FINISHING
Setting type compounds are: Base Coat 20, Base

JOINTING SYSTEMS Coat 45, Base Coat 60 and Base Coat 90.
Jointing and finishing of Gyprock plasterboard interior Additional coats may be applied over setting type compounds
installations is to be carried out in accordance with the once they have gone hard (set), usually 40 minutes to two
requirement of TABLE 35 or TABLE 36 of this publication, hours. A drying type compound must be used as a finish
and the following details, so as to provide a smooth surface coat and must be completely dry before sanding. This usually
for decorating. takes about 24 hours.
Stopping and external corner beads are to be applied to all Drying type compounds are: Wet Area Base Coat,
edges subject to damage. Jointmaster, Pre-Mixed Total Joint Cement, Multi-Purpose
Compound, Ultra-AP, Easy-Finish, Easy-Flow, Final Finish
A Level 4 Finish is generally the accepted level of finish for
and Ultra-Top Topping, and are supplied as premixed
residential construction (as detailed in AS/NZS2859.1) and
product. Total Coat-Lite is supplied in dry form.
is also recommended for commercial construction. This
requires a three coat system, consisting of: Drying type compounds will shrink and harden with
evaporation of water. The joints must be allowed to set and
• tape and tape coat
appear completely dry before re-coating or sanding. Actual
• second coat, and drying times will be extended in low temperature and high
• finish (or topping) coat. humidity conditions. Do not use a setting type compound
over a drying type compound. Note that Gyprock Wet Area
In fire rated systems and acoustic systems with multiple
Base Coat sets very hard; apply accurately to avoid the
board layers, a different level of finish may be specified,
requirement to sand.
and back-blocking of joints is not required. For additional
requirements for Levels 3, 4 and 5 Finishes, refer to TABLE 4. All compounds can be applied by hand or with mechanical
jointing tools.
Jointing Compounds
Jointing Perforated Plasterboard
Gyprock jointing compounds are classified as either setting
type or drying type. Setting type compounds produce Tape and set joints using only approved Gyprock jointing
stronger joints and reduce installation delays and shrinkage systems and use as detailed later in this guide.
associated with drying-type compounds. They are Due to the location of the perforations close to the edge of
recommended for experienced trades people and have a panels, butt joints are of a narrower width than is normal.
defined setting time e.g. 20, 45, 60 or 90 minutes. Special care should be taken to ensure a good joint finish
without filling of perforations.

Jointing Tape Important

Gyprock Paper Tape has been developed to enable the When setting type compounds are used during hot, dry
preparation of strong joints and should be used on all butt conditions, rapid evaporation of water and increased
and recess joints, and internal corners. absorption by the lining surface can prevent the compound
from setting correctly. This will result in the compound being
Site Mixing of Compounds soft and weak.
If jointing must be carried out under severe drying conditions,
The first step to achieving good jointing is proper mixing of
use Base Coat 45 and mix only small quantities of compound.
the compound.
The compound should then be left standing for approximately
• Always use clean containers and mixing equipment as 15 minutes to ensure that it sets soon after application to the
contamination by previously set compound will accelerate joints. Additionally, depending on the severity of the drying
setting time. conditions, the surface of the area to be jointed may require
• Always use clean water of drinking quality. wetting with a brush before applying the compound.
• Never mix different compounds together or mix old Drying-type compounds should not be used when the
batches with new ones. interior temperature is less than 10°C.
• Follow mixing instructions printed on each bag.
• Use compounds before the ‘Best Before’ date printed on
Preparation
the packaging. Fill any voids deeper than 4mm and gaps greater than 3mm
wide with Base Coat and allow to dry before jointing. All
surfaces must be free of dirt, oil or foreign matter that could
reduce bond.
TABLE 35: JOINTING COMPOUND SELECTION – HAND OR MECHANICAL APPLICATION

Tape Coat Second Coat Finish Coat
Any of the following: Any of the following: Any of the following:
Base Coat 20 Base Coat 20* Jointmaster

Base Coat 45 Base Coat 45* Ultra-Top
Base Coat 60 Base Coat 60* Pre-Mixed Total Joint Cement
Base Coat 90 Base Coat 90*
Multi-Purpose Compound
Pre-Mixed Total Joint Cement Pre-Mixed Total Joint Cement
Easy-Finish
Multi-Purpose Compound Multi-Purpose Compound
Easy-Flow
Wet Area Base Coat Wet Area Base Coat
Easy-Flow Easy-Flow Final Finish
Ultra-AP Ultra-AP Ultra-AP
Total Coat-Lite (dry) Total Coat-Lite (dry) Total Coat-Lite (dry)
* Do not use a setting compound over a drying type compound.

For protected exterior applications, use Wet Area Base Coat for tape and second coat, followed by a Gyprock Finish Coat.
TABLE 36: JOINTING SYSTEM SELECTION – TILED AREAS

Wall Tape coat Second Coat Finish Coat
Waterproof or water resistant Wet Area Base Coat Wet Area Base Coat Nil
Base Coat 20 Base Coat 20

Other areas Nil
TABLE 37: APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES PER 100m2 GYPROCK PLASTERBOARD (HORIZONTAL SHEETING)^
Tape + Second Coats Approx Qty Finish Coat Approx Qty
Base Coat 20/45/60/90 16kg Jointmaster 10kg
Wet Area Base Coat 15kg Ultra-Top 6kg
Ultra-AP 18.5kg Ultra-AP 5.7kg
Total Coat-Lite (dry) 13kg Total Coat-Lite (dry) 4.5kg
Easy-Flow 21kg Easy-Flow 7kg
Pre-Mixed Total Joint Cement 31kg Easy-Finish 8kg
Multi-Purpose Compound 31kg Pre-Mixed Total Joint Cement 10kg
Multi-Purpose Compound 10kg
Final Finish 10kg
^ Allow 20% more jointing material for vertical sheeting.

JOINTING WITH
MECHANICAL TOOLS
The use of mechanical tools to joint Gyprock plasterboard is
very popular, and used correctly, these tools can significantly
increase productivity by cutting the amount of time taken
to finish a job. Gyprock supplies an extensive range of
mechanical jointing tools to increase productivity and reduce
physical stresses on operators. Please contact your local
Gyprock centre for details.
Premixed compounds should be used directly from the
bucket, but can, if necessary, be thinned down with water,
used sparingly. Follow the instructions provided on the
product packaging.

Mechanical Jointing of Recessed

Joints & Back-blocked Butt Joints
Tape Coat
• Using a ‘combination machine’, apply tape and compound
centrally to the recessed joint.
• Using a ‘mud box’, apply a 140mm tape coat to the joint.
This will fill the recess and feather the edges.
Use mud box or knife to fill joint,
OR cover tape and feather edges
• Using a joint knife, immediately press tape into the joint,

fill the recess and cover the tape with a thin coat. Feather
the edges and clean off excess compound.
NOTE
A minimum 1mm compound is to be left under the tape.
• Cover all fastener heads and fill any surface damage with
compound.
• Allow setting-type compounds (Gyprock Base Coat) to set
completely, and drying type compounds to harden for 24
hours before proceeding.
Second Coat 200mm
• Using a ‘200mm mud box’, apply a second coat to the

recessed joint.
• Cover fastener heads with a second coat of compound,
laid in a different direction, and extending beyond the first Use mud box to
coat by about 25mm. apply second coat
• Allow compound to set/harden before proceeding.

Finish Coat
• Using ‘250mm mud box’, apply third coat to the recessed
joint.
• Cover fastener heads with a third coat of compound, laid
in a different direction, extending beyond the previous coat
by about 25mm. Ensure that the edges of the compound
are neatly feathered and that there are no trowel edge
250mm
marks left in the final stopping.
• Allow compound to harden before proceeding.
Sanding
• Use a power sander to smooth the compound. Use bud box to
apply finish coat
Caution: If previous coats of drying type compounds are
not thoroughly dry before application of subsequent coats,
imperfections can result from delayed shrinkage of the compound.
FIG 298: PROCEDURE FOR MECHANICAL JOINTING OF
RECESSED JOINTS & BACK-BLOCKED BUTT JOINTS
Apply tape and compound

with a combination machine
Use power sander to
smooth the joint

Mechanical Jointing of Butt Joint

Formed on Framing
Tape Coat
• Using a ‘combination machine’, apply tape and compound
centrally to the butt joint.
Use mud box to apply
• Using a ‘mud box’, apply a 140mm tape coat to the joint. second coat
This will also feather the edges.
OR
• Using a joint knife, immediately press tape into the joint
and cover the tape with a thin coat. Feather the edges
and clean off excess compound.
NOTE Use mud box to apply
second coat
400mm
Second Coat
• Using a ‘200mm mud box’ (adjusted to reduce centre
build-up), apply a second coat to each side of the butt
joint.
• Allow compound to set/harden before proceeding.
Finish Coat
• Using a ‘250mm mud box’ (adjusted to reduce centre
build-up), apply a third coat to each side of the butt joint.
Use mud box to
apply finish coat
Sanding
• Use a power sander to smooth the compound.
Sanding
• Use a power sander to smooth the compound. 500mm

BUTT JOINT FORMED ON FRAMING

Use power sander to

smooth the joint
Use mud box or knife to cover

tape and feather edges

Mechanical Jointing of Internal

Corners
Remove debris from corner and floor.
Tape Coat
• Using a ‘combination machine with tape creaser in place’,
or a ‘mud box with creaser attachment’, apply tape and
compound centrally to the recessed joint.
OR Bed tape with
a tape roller
• Using a ‘corner box’, apply compound to the corner, then
manually apply tape centred over the joint.
• Follow immediately with a corner roller, pressing tape into
the joint.
• Using a glazing tool, cover the tape with a thin coat,
feather the edges and clean off excess compound.
NOTE
Finish Coat
• Using a ‘corner box with finisher attachment or corner
glazer, apply a thin coat of finishing compound over the
tape coat, ensuring that the edges are well feathered. Smooth compound
and feather edges
with glazing tool
• Smooth joint with glazing tool.
Sanding
• Hand sand smooth with 150 grit paper or cloth, or with
150/180/220 grit sanding mesh and a sanding block. Apply finish coat and
feather edges with
Caution: If previous coats of drying type compounds are a corner box with
finishing attachment
imperfections can result from delayed shrinkage of the
compound.
INTERNAL CORNERS

with tape creaser in place
Finish corner with glazing

tool. Allow to dry then
sand smooth

Mechanical Jointing of External

Corners
Apply Corner Bead
Cover bead with
• Position external angle bead over the corner and sight it compound and
to ensure straightness before fastening both flanges at feather edges
300mm centres.
• Using a joint knife, cover the bead with a thin coat. Feather
the edges and clean off excess compound.
Second Coat Using a mud box with
bead guide, apply
• Using a ‘mud box’, with ‘bead guide’ attached, apply a second coat 140mm
min. width each side
minimum 140mm width compound coat to each side of of corner
the corner. This will also feather the edges.
• Allow compound to set/harden and trim excess material.
Finish Coat
• Using ‘250mm mud box’, with ‘bead guide’ attached,
apply a finish coat each side of the corner.
Sanding
• Hand sand smooth with 150 grit paper or cloth, or with
150/180/220 grit sanding mesh.
compound.
FIG 301: PROCEDURE FOR MECHANICAL JOINTING

OF EXTERNAL CORNERS
Using a mud box with
bead guide, apply
finish coat 250mm
min. width each side
of corner
Fit. align and fix corner

bead through both
flanges at 300mm centres
Sand
smooth

JOINTING FIG 302: PROCEDURE FOR HAND JOINTING OF

RECESSED JOINTS
HAND APPLIED
Hand Jointing of Recessed Joints
& Back-blocked Butt Joints Fill
Recess
CSR Gyprock recommends the use of curved trowels when
setting recessed and back-blocked butt joints. Under normal
pressure, a curved trowel deflects enabling the preparation of
flatter and more consistent joints. A 200mm curved trowel is
recommended for second coat application, while a 250mm
curved trowel is recommended for the finish coat.
Tape Coat
• Fill recess in plasterboard evenly and fully with compound 170mm
using a 150mm broadknife. approx.
• Bed in Gyprock Paper Tape centrally over the joint and

cover lightly with compound. \
• Cover all fastener heads and fill any surface damage with
compound.
Second Coat
250mm
• Apply a second coat, about 170mm wide, finishing slightly approx.
above the board surface, and feather joint edges.
• Cover fastener heads with a second coat of compound,
laid in a different direction, and extending beyond the first
coat by about 25mm.
Finish Coat
• Apply a thin finish coat of topping compound centrally
over the previous coat, about 250mm wide.
Feather the edges of the compound with the trowel.
• Cover previously stopped fastener heads with a third
coat of compound, laid in a different direction, extending
beyond the previous coat by about 25mm. Ensure that
the edges of the compound are neatly feathered and that
there are no trowel edge marks left in the final stopping.
• Allow the finish coat of compound to dry for at least 24
Sanding 1.0mm minimum
depth of compound
• Sand smooth with 180 grit paper or cloth, or with 220
grit sanding mesh. Avoid any heavy pressure which might
scuff the linerboard. Gyprock Paper
2mm nominal build up
plasterboard tape Finish with slight convex
Caution: If previous coats of drying type compounds are (recessed edge)
camber over joint
compound.

Hand Jointing of Butt Joints FIG 304: PROCEDURE FOR HAND JOINTING OF BUTT
JOINTS
Formed on Framing Fill Recess with cement,
apply tape and cover
Tape Coat lightly with cement
• Apply a thin layer of compound over the joint. 120mm approx 120mm approx
• Bed Gyprock Paper Tape and apply a thin coat of

compound over the top of the tape. The compound must
be spread approximately 120mm each side of the joint.
Second Coat
• Apply a second coat of compound about 170mm wide to 170mm approx. 170mm approx.
each side of the joint. This should have a gradual convex
camber over the joint surface.
\
Finish Coat
• Apply a finish coat of topping compound centrally over the
previous coat to form an even camber over the joint about
250mm each side of the joint. Soften the outer edges of
the compound with a damp water brush or sponge before
feathering the edges with the trowel. 250mm approx. 250mm approx.
• Allow the finish coat of compound to dry for at least 24

Sanding
• Sand smooth with 180 grit paper or cloth, or with 220 grit
sanding mesh.
• Finished joints should have an even and slightly convex
camber from edge-to-edge as shown.
compound.
FIG 303: JOINTING OF BUTT JOINTS FORMED ON

FRAMING
1.0mm minimum
depth of compound
3mm typical build up

Gyprock Paper
plasterboard tape Finish with slight convex
(square edge camber over joint
butt joint)

Hand Jointing of Internal Corners Hand Jointing of External Corners

• Apply a tape coat to both sides of the corner, bed in the & Arch Beads
tape centrally over joint and cover lightly with compound.
• Position external angle bead over the corner and sight it
Ensure at least 1mm depth of compound under the tape.
to ensure straightness before fastening both flanges at
• Allow setting-type compounds (Gyprock Base Coat) to set 300mm centres.
• External corners and arch beads are finished with a three
coat compound system applied to the same specifications
• When the tape coat is dry, apply a thin coat of finishing as for joints. The finish coat should be at least 250mm
compound over the tape coat to a width of at least wide each side of the corner.
100mm, ensuring that the edges are well feathered.
• When compound is dry, sand smooth with 150 grit paper
• When dry, sand smooth with 150 grit paper or cloth, or or cloth, or with 150/180/220 grit sanding mesh.
with 150/180/220 grit sanding mesh.
FIG 306: JOINTING OF EXTERNAL CORNERS
External
FIG 305: PROCEDURE FOR HAND JOINTING OF Angle Bead
INTERNAL CORNERS
Tape
Coat 3mm typical
compound
build up
Paper
Tape Finish Coat
Gyprock
Plasterboard
FIG 307: PROCEDURE FOR HAND JOINTING OF

EXTERNAL CORNERS
External Angle
Bead
Gyprock
plasterboard
Jointing Compound
(3 coat system)
Gyprock
plasterboard

Jointing in Non-Visible Areas CORNICE FIXING

In fire or acoustic rated systems, all outer layer joints and
corners, including those in non-visible areas such as ceiling Gyprock Cornice is designed to provide an attractive finish at
voids, must be finished with a minimum of base coat and the junction of the wall and ceiling. It can be used on Gyprock
paper tape. plasterboard, fibrous plaster or cement rendered surfaces.
The cornice is composed of gypsum plaster encased in a
FIG 308: MINIMUM JOINTING REQUIREMENTS FOR
FIRE OR ACOUSTIC RATED SYSTEMS IN NON-VISIBLE strong linerboard.
AREAS Gyprock Cornice Cement 45/60 is formulated for adhesion
of cornice to plasterboard surfaces. For material other than
plasterboard, such as fibre cement, plaster glass, cement
Base coat render, or highly absorbent surfaces, Gyprock Masonry
Base coat and paper
and paper tape Adhesive is recommended. In Western Australia Gyprock
minimum
tape
joint finish Cornice Cement 60 may be used as an alternative.
minimum
joint finish full extent
full extent of joint Installation of 100 lineal metres of standard cornice requires
of joint approximately 12kg of cornice cement.
IMPORTANT
When cornice cements are used in hot, dry conditions, the
water in the mix can evaporate or be absorbed into the
dry lining surfaces. In this situation the cement will not set
Ceiling lining correctly and will be lacking in strength.
Under severe drying conditions, mix only small quantities of
cement and allow to stand for 10 to 15 minutes to ensure
that it sets soon after application.
Butter cement to one length of the cornice only before installation.
Installation of P35 Control Joint In addition, depending on the severity of drying conditions, the
• Allow a 15-20mm gap between ends of sheets. contact surfaces may require dampening with a water brush
before applying the cement.
• Locate control joint, Rondo NºP35, centrally in gap.
Fasten flanges and sheets to frame at a maximum of The best adhesion is to unpainted plasterboard. Where
300mm centres. cornices are to be fixed to surfaces that are painted,
additional preparation is required:
• Set over bead as for normal joint application using centre
channel ribs as screeding guides. • For low gloss acrylic paint, sand painted surfaces.
• Finish the joint in the normal manner. • For high gloss acrylic or oil based paint, coat with a PVA
adhesive such as Bondcrete.
• When the joint is dry, remove the filament tape.
Cornice Cement may not bond well to ceramic tiles. When
FIG 309: INSTALLING A P35 CONTROL JOINT fixing cornice to wall tiles and a plasterboard ceiling,
additional strength is required. If possible, bond the cornice
RONDO
P35 Control Joint to plasterboard above the tiles, otherwise use screws or nails
Lining board to the ceiling plasterboard. Gyprock Wet Area Acrylic Sealant
may be used to seal any gaps to the tiles. Support cornice
for 24 hours or until adhesive is dry.
Finish surface
as per external angles 15-20mm gap

Cornice Fixing (Mechanical or Measure and mark a line

on the wall to aid correct
Hand Fixing) alignment of the cornice
Prepare
• To ensure equal projection on wall and ceiling surfaces,
measure down from the ceiling surface and mark lines on
55mm for 55mm cove cornice
the walls at; 55mm down for the 55mm cornice; 90mm 75mm for 75mm cove cornice
down for the 90mm cornice; and 75mm down for the 90mm for 90mm cove cornice
75mm cornice.
• Mark and cut the cornice to the actual length required.
• All corner angles are to be mitred. When cutting mitres,
use a mitre box with the cornice orientated as it is to be
mounted. Where butt joints are unavoidable, prepare ends
so that they will accurately butt together.
Apply Cornice Adhesive
• Using a ‘applicator tube’, apply cornice cement to wall/
ceiling junction. Ensure adequate amount of adhesive is
applied.
OR
• Butter 20-30mm wide beads of cement along the full
length of each back edge of the cornice and to each mitre Using an applicator tube
and butt joint. and cornice head, apply
cornice cement to the
wall/ceiling junction
Install Cornice
• Position the cornice accurately to the marked lines. Press
the cornice firmly into the cement, and where necessary
hold cornice in position with temporary nails.
• Clean off any surplus cement.
• Straight stop the cornice and fill internal and external
mitres.
• Clean off residue with a damp water brush or sponge.
• Allow to set before removing the temporary nails. and fill
the holes.
Finishing
• When cement will support cornice, apply a second coat
of cement to the mitres and butt joints, remove nails and
fill holes and any imperfections, then brush with a clean
water brush or sponge.
FIG 310: PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING AND FIXING
CORNICE
Align cornice with marked
line and bed cornice firmly
into cement
Using a mitre box and

saw, cut cornice to size
required
Hold cornice in-place with temporary

nails (when necessary). Use a detailing
tool to fill mitres and other gaps. Cean
off excess cornice cement

DECORATION
Interior Gyprock plasterboard surfaces may be decorated in
any of a variety of finishes including flat, semi-gloss or gloss
paint, wallpaper or vinyl, texture or stipple, or tiles.
Tiles are required in waterproof and water resistant areas.
No building material has an absolutely flat surface, and
all that can be expected in practice is an appearance of
When cement will support cornice,
remove nails, apply a second coat flatness. The effect of glancing light on the appearance of
of cement to the mitres and fill all
holes and imperfections flat surfaces is described in the CSIRO Division of Building
Research Report No. L8 (Revised Edition). This report clearly
demonstrates that surfaces which seem perfectly flat in
diffuse light appear rough and uneven when light strikes
nearly parallel to the surface.
Surface Preparation
All joint stopping must be sanded smooth.
Remove all loose dirt and dust with a soft brush or dry cloth.
Clean down with a Ensure that the joint treatment is thoroughly dry before
water brush or sponge
applying sealer or paint.
Wallpaper & Vinyl

To enable removal of wallpaper and vinyl without damaging
the plasterboard, seal the surface with a pigmented solvent
based sealer.
Paint Finishes
Select a proprietary paint system and apply all paints
strictly in accordance with the respective manufacturer’s
instructions.
Roll coated paints generally have a greater coating thickness
and create a similar texture on both the plasterboard and the
jointing compounds.
The use of a preparatory coat over the entire surface
is recommended prior to application of the finish coats due
to the differing texture and porosity of uncoated plasterboard
and areas which have received joint treatment.
Recommended paint systems typically consist of one coat of
a plasterboard sealer followed by two coats of finishing paint.
Preparatory Coat
The chosen proprietary brand sealer should be formulated
to fulfil the following functions:
• Equalise variations in porosity over the entire surface.
• Provide a bonding surface or key for the finishing coats.
• Stop the migration or bleeding of chemicals from the
substrate which could effect the performance of the
finishing coat.
• Conceal the difference in texture between the paper
surface and the joints.
Important:
• Plasterboard that has been fixed and allowed to stand for
long periods prior to painting may become discoloured
due to exposure to light. In this case the plasterboard
surface should be sealed with a pigmented solvent-borne
sealer before the application of finishing coats.

• In areas of high humidity such as bathrooms, kitchens,

laundries and toilets, a paint system that protects the MAINTENANCE
plasterboard and joints from moisture must be used. Refer
It is important that Gyprock plasterboard products be kept
to paint manufacturer’s recommendations.
dry throughout their service lifetime, and must be protected
• When applying the preparatory coat, apply a sufficient from internal and external moisture. Regular checks of
thickness to ensure that the surface is completely covered. the lining system (at least annually), as well as regular
Do not over-spread the paint. cleaning and re-painting to manufacturer’s requirements is
• To avoid paint lifting over jointed areas, do not overwork recommended to ensure the Gyprock plasterboard continue
or over-roll the paint when applying the preparatory coat. to perform the function which they were originally intended.
• Allow the preparatory coat to dry thoroughly. If necessary, In general, we recommend that Gyprock plasterboard be
lightly sand between coats of paint to remove any nap lift replaced after being substantially wet (say as a consequence
or other surface blemishes. of burst water services or flooding) as if the paper is wet,
or if the paper lining is subject to any deterioration, board
• In accordance with normal building practice, application strength and the holding capacity of fixings may be reduced.
of a finish is deemed to be acceptance of the substrate. When subjected to minor water effect, the plasterboard must
be allowed to dry and be inspected for signs of deterioration
Finishing Coats or warping. if unaffected the plasterboard can be retained.
Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for application Gyprock plasterboard affected by smoke or fire damage is
and recoating. recommended to be replaced.
For best results, apply the coatings with a roller. This helps Minor impact damage to Gyprock plasterboard resulting
to achieve a full even coat and a light, uniform texture over in small holes and cracks must be patched, stopped and
the entire surface. finished as originally carried out using CSR plasterboards
and accessories. Where the plasterboard has suffered
Refer to Australian Standard AS2311 ‘The Painting of
significant impact damage, resulting in large holes, creases
Buildings’ and/or paint manufacturer’s recommendations
along edge of support framing, or cracks the plasterboard
for specific roller nap length for the desired finish.
should be repaired using standard methods. For fire rated
walls repair must be completed in accordance with the
Joint Treatment – Wet Areas assessed methods outlined in the Gyprock Professional
It recommended that a water resistant base coat be used Solutions Guide ‘Repair Of Gyprock ® Fire Rated Wall &
at sheet joints in areas that are required to be waterproof or Ceiling Linings’, available by contacting DesignLINK.
water resistant. Set all joints with Gyprock Wet Area Base In tiled areas any cracks or damaged areas which would
Coat and paper tape. When the tape coat has dried, apply allow water ingress into the wall cavity, must be repaired
a second coat of Wet Area Base Coat. Cover all fastener immediately by re-stopping and repainting, or by replacing
heads with Wet Area Base Coat. tiles, pointing or sealants.
Joints in wet areas that are not tiled and not required to be Damaged boards are not covered by CSR’s product
waterproof or water resistant should be set with Gyprock guarantee and should be replaced.
compounds and tape as detailed in this publication.
Tiling
Tiles are required in waterproof and water resistant areas.
The tile adhesive must be compatible with the proprietary
waterproofing membrane used.
Proprietary tile adhesives that meet the requirements of
AS2358 ‘Adhesives for fixing ceramic tiles’ are recommended.
For best results, spread tile adhesive directly onto the surface
to a depth of about 3mm, then ‘rib’ in a horizontal direction
with a notched trowel having approximately 6mm x 6mm
notches.
It is important to strictly follow the membrane/sealer and
tile adhesive manufacturer’s instructions to ensure that the
system will perform satisfactorily and will provide suitable
long term performance. Some products require primers
before application.
Allowance must be made for movement by leaving a gap of
3mm between tiles in each vertical corner, as shown.

Health & Safety Contact Details
Information on any known health risks of our products and CSR Gyprock
how to handle them safely is on their package and/or the www.gyprock.com.au
documentation accompanying them. Telephone: 13 17 44
Facsimile: 1800 646 364
Additional information is listed in the Material Safety
Data sheet. To obtain a copy, telephone 1800 807 668. CSR DesignLINK Technical Support Service
Telephone: 1800 621 117
Warranty Facsimile: 1800 069 904
Email: designlink@csr.com.au
Gyprock® products are manufactured for life, with all CSR
New South Wales and ACT
products designed to achieve optimal performance when
376 Victoria Street,
part of a CSR integrated system.
Wetherill Park NSW 2164
Gyprock continues to lead the market with premium quality
Queensland
products which are the preferred choice of plastering
768 Boundary Road,
professionals.
Coopers Plains QLD 4108
Gyprock plasterboard products are manufactured to the
Victoria
Australian Standard AS2588 providing confidence in quality
277 Whitehall Street,
of product and support. For details on our product warranty,
Yarraville VIC 3013
please log onto www.gyprock.com.au, or contact us on
1300 306 556. South Australia
Lot 100 Sharp Court,
Mawson Lakes SA 5095
Western Australia
19 Sheffield Road,
Welshpool WA 6106
Tasmania
PO Box 61,
Glenorchy TAS 7010
Northern Territory
Cnr Stuart Hwy & Angliss St,
Berrimah NT 0828
GYP548 September 2014

CSR Gyprock, CSR Building Products A.B.N. 55 008 631 356.
The following are trade marks of CSR Limited and are under license. CSR, Gyprock®, Soundchek™, Aquachek™, Impactchek™, Superchek™, Fyrchek™,
EC08™, Supaceil™, Bradford™, Martini™, DesignLINK™, Ceilector™.
© CSR Limited 2013. Except as provided by the Copyright Act 1968, no part of this publication maybe reproduced in any form or by any means without
the prior written permission of CSR Limited.
GYP548.BMS9957.0914

Commercial Installation Guide: Steel Framed Wall & Ceiling Systems

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Commercial Installation Guide: Steel Framed Wall & Ceiling Systems

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE

STEEL FRAMED WALL & CEILING SYSTEMS

REFERENCED MATERIAL 8 APPLICATIONS 95

DESIGN & INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 8 ADVANTAGES 95

HANDLING & STORAGE 16 DESIGN & INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 97

PLASTERBOARD CUTTING 16 COMPONENTS 98

JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – FIRE RATED 130

CURVED WALLS 43 COMPONENTS 140

JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – NON-FIRE RATED 47 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 145

GRID INSTALLATION 145

FRAMING INSTALLATION 53 JOINTING & FINISHING

SHEET INSTALLATION 54 JOINTING SYSTEMS 150

COLUMN ENCASEMENT SYSTEMS 65 JOINTING WITH MECHANICAL TOOLS 152

JUNCTIONS & PENETRATIONS – FIRE RATED 68 JOINTING

CORNICE FIXING 160

COMPONENTS 80 WARRANTY 164

CONSTRUCTION DETAILS – SHOWER AREAS 82

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 2

GYPROCK® and environment. The original Gyprock EC08 with reCore

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 3

PLASTERBOARDS (mm) kg/m2

Standard • Long edges are recessed to assist in producing a smooth, 10 6.5

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 4

PLASTERBOARDS (mm) kg/m2

• An environmentally preferred board for

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 5

PLASTERBOARDS (mm) kg/m2

• A 10mm thick sheet designed to span up to 600mm in

FIG 1: PERFORATED SHEET – 6mm ROUND HOLES

160 440 160 440 80

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 6

TABLE 2: CEILING PANEL FEATURES, APPLICATIONS & SPECIFICATIONS

CEILING PANELS (mm) kg/m2

• Gyprock Supatone™ is a plasterboard panel with a

Gyprock Supatone™ Gyprock Freshtone™ Gyprock Perforated Panels

FIG 2: GYPROCK PERFORATED CEILING PANEL

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 7

MATERIAL The temperature differential forces water vapour contained

DESIGN & Heating

Gyprock plasterboard is used as an internal lining board to • Radiant heaters,

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 8

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 9

dividing element (direct sound, controlled by the element’s

Flanking sounds reach adjoining areas by indirect paths,

SOUND IMPACT RATINGS • Framing installation.

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 10

FIG 4: SELECTING A LEVEL OF FINISH

Finish Not Important Wall Covering,

Pastel/ Dark Tones

Critical and Non-critical Critical Critical and

Level 3 Finish Level 4 Finish Level 5 Finish

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 11

TABLE 4: SUMMARY OF GYPROCK ‘LEVEL OF FINISH’ DEPENDENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

Joint Between Frame Members

3 4 – – – – ✓ OR ✓ Tape Coat + Second Coat

4 4 ✓ ✓➁➂ ✓➀ – ✓ OR ✓ Tape Coat + Second Coat + Finish Coat

Tape Coat + Second Coat + Finish Coat

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 12

WHAT IS GLANCING LIGHT? SHADING

FIG 6: JOINT ORIENTATION

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 13

PLASTERBOARD JOINTS LIGHT

GYPROCK® COMMERCIAL INSTALLATION GUIDE 14